WO2020166627A1 - Terminal device, base station device, and communication method - Google Patents

Terminal device, base station device, and communication method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020166627A1
WO2020166627A1 PCT/JP2020/005402 JP2020005402W WO2020166627A1 WO 2020166627 A1 WO2020166627 A1 WO 2020166627A1 JP 2020005402 W JP2020005402 W JP 2020005402W WO 2020166627 A1 WO2020166627 A1 WO 2020166627A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
harq
group
pdsch
pdcch
pdschs
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/005402
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
李 泰雨
翔一 鈴木
渉 大内
友樹 吉村
智造 野上
会発 林
中嶋 大一郎
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
鴻穎創新有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シャープ株式会社, 鴻穎創新有限公司 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Publication of WO2020166627A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020166627A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/04Error control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a terminal device, a base station device, and a communication method.
  • the present application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-24515 filed in Japan on February 14, 2019, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • EUTRA Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access is a third generation partnership project (3GPP: 3 rd Generation Partnership Project).
  • 3GPP 3 rd Generation Partnership Project
  • a base station device is also called an eNodeB (evolved NodeB) and a terminal device is also called a UE (User Equipment).
  • LTE is a cellular communication system in which a plurality of areas covered by a base station device are arranged in cells. A single base station device may manage a plurality of serving cells.
  • NR New Radio
  • IMT International Mobile Telecommunication
  • ITU International Telecommunication Union
  • eMBB enhanced Mobile BroadBand
  • mMTC massive Machine Type Communication
  • URLLC Ultra Reliable and Low Latency Communication
  • One aspect of the present invention provides a terminal device that performs efficient communication, a communication method used in the terminal device, a base station device that performs efficient communication, and a communication method used in the base station device.
  • a first aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, in which one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and one consecutive PDSCH having a second group ID or A receiving unit for receiving a plurality of second PDSCHs and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the HARQ-ACK according to the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH.
  • the continuous one or more first PDSCHs Transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the one or more consecutive second PDSCHs. And a transmitter.
  • a second aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which has a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. Transmission of a second group of consecutive one or more second PDSCHs, a third group of consecutive one or more third PDSCHs having said first group ID, and HARQ-ACK information And a receiving unit that receives a second PDCCH that indicates that the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information is triggered by the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and is included in the second PDCCH.
  • the first group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format
  • the third group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the first to third groups.
  • a transmitting unit for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more consecutive third PDSCHs belonging to the first PDSCH, wherein the first PDSCH precedes the second PDSCH. And the third PDSCH is received later than the second PDSCH.
  • a third aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of groups, a receiving unit that receives a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH. If the value of the first field of the DCI format to be transmitted triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates the group ID, A transmission unit for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the field, and each of the plurality of groups has the same group ID It is configured by one or more consecutive PDSCHs.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a receiving unit that receives a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PSCHs.
  • a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier, the second PDCCH including a transmission unit for transmitting a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH on the first PUCCH, and using the HARQ process identifier. All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted together with the HARQ-ACK information for the obtained PDSCH are transmitted on the second PUCCH.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a reception unit which receives a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PDCCHs.
  • a second PDCCH which includes a HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH and which transmits the HARQ-ACK information is received on the first PUCCH;
  • the plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is transmitted in a second PUCCH.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, which includes one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and one consecutive PDSCH having a second group ID.
  • a plurality of second PDSCHs, a transmitter for transmitting a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and a value of a first field of a DCI format included in the second PDCCH may be used for the HARQ- If the transmission of ACK information is triggered and the first or second group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, the one or more consecutive first PDSCHs. And receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the one or more consecutive second PDSCHs. And a receiving unit that operates.
  • a seventh aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, which includes a first group of one or a plurality of consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID.
  • a second group of contiguous one or more second PDSCHs, a third group of contiguous one or more third PDSCHs having the first group ID, and HARQ-ACK information A transmission unit that transmits a second PDCCH that instructs transmission, and a value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH triggers transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH is transmitted. If the second field of the included DCI format indicates the first group ID, the first to third groups having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field.
  • a receiving unit that receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more third PDSCHs that belong to the third group, the first PDSCH before the second PDSCH. And the third PDSCH is transmitted later than the second PDSCH.
  • An eighth aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, which includes a plurality of groups, a transmission unit which transmits a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH. If the value of the first field of the included DCI format triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates a group ID, the second A receiving unit for receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the field of each of the plurality of groups, each of the plurality of groups having the same group ID. It is composed of one or more continuous PDSCHs.
  • a ninth aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, including a plurality of first PDCCHs, a transmission unit that transmits a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PSCHs.
  • a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH of the first PUCCH is received, and a second PDCCH instructing reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier is transmitted, and the HARQ process identifier is All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received together with the HARQ-ACK information for the used PDSCH are received on the second PUCCH.
  • a tenth aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a transmitter that transmits a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and the plurality of PDCCHs.
  • the receiving unit for receiving the HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH of the first PUCCH is received, and the second PDCCH for receiving the HARQ-ACK information including the HARQ process identifier is received.
  • the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is received in a second PUCCH.
  • An eleventh aspect of the present invention is a communication method used for a terminal device, which has one or more continuous first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used for a terminal device, comprising: a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID; HARQ with a second group of contiguous one or more second PDSCHs having a group ID of 1 to 3 and a third group of contiguous one or more third PDSCHs having the first group ID.
  • the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field is selected from the first to third groups.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used for a terminal device, comprising: receiving a plurality of groups and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information; If the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the PDCCH of the above triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates the group ID, Transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field, each of the plurality of groups being the same group. It is composed of one or more consecutive PDSCHs having an ID.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a terminal device, comprising: receiving a plurality of first PDCCHs and receiving a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs. , Transmitting a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the plurality of PDSCHs on a first PUCCH, receiving a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier, and receiving the HARQ process. All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted together with the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the identifier are transmitted on the second PUCCH.
  • a fifteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a terminal device, comprising: receiving a plurality of first PDCCHs and receiving a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs. , A step of transmitting a HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the plurality of PDSCHs on a first PUCCH, and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier.
  • the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received and transmitted in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is transmitted on the second PUCCH.
  • a sixteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used for a base station device, which comprises one or a plurality of consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. Transmitting one or more continuous second PDSCHs and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and a value of a first field of a DCI format included in the second PDCCH Triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the first or second group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, the continuous one or more The HARQ-corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the first PDSCH and the consecutive one or more second PDSCHs. Transmitting ACK information.
  • a seventeenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a base station device, comprising: a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID; A second group of consecutive one or more second PDSCHs having a group ID of 2, and a third group of consecutive one or more third PDSCHs having the first group ID, Transmitting a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and triggering transmission of the HARQ-ACK information according to a value of a first field of a DCI format included in the second PDCCH, When the first group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the first to third groups.
  • the first PDSCH being the second PDSCH.
  • the third PDSCH is transmitted earlier than the second PDSCH.
  • An eighteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a base station apparatus, comprising: transmitting a plurality of groups and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information; When the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information is triggered by the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and the group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH. Receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field, each of the plurality of groups being the same. It is composed of one or more consecutive PDSCHs having a group ID.
  • a nineteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a base station device, comprising: a step of transmitting a plurality of first PDCCHs and a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs. And receiving a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the plurality of PDSCHs on the first PUCCH, transmitting a second PDCCH indicating a reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier, and transmitting the HARQ. All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received together with the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the process identifier are received on the second PUCCH.
  • a twentieth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a base station apparatus, comprising a step of transmitting a plurality of first PDCCHs and a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs. And a step of receiving HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the plurality of PDSCHs on the first PUCCH, and a second PDCCH instructing reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier. And the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH in which the HARQ process identifier is used is received in the second PUCCH.
  • the terminal device can efficiently perform communication.
  • the base station device can efficiently perform communication.
  • FIG. 7 is an example showing a relationship among N slot symb , subcarrier interval setting ⁇ , slot setting, and CP setting according to an aspect of the present embodiment. It is a schematic diagram showing an example of a resource grid in a subframe concerning one mode of this embodiment. It is a schematic block diagram which shows the structure of the terminal device 1 which concerns on 1 aspect of this embodiment. It is a schematic block diagram which shows the structure of the base station apparatus 3 which concerns on the one aspect
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs that are grouped in the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of a method of transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to a PDSCH of a designated slot in the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of a method of transmitting HARQ-ACK information included in a PUCCH of a designated slot in the present embodiment. It is a figure showing an example of transmitting HARQ-ACK information based on a HARQ process identifier in this embodiment.
  • a and/or B may be terms that include “A”, “B”, or “A and B”.
  • the parameter or information indicating one or more values may be that the parameter or information at least includes the parameter or information indicating the one or more values.
  • the upper layer parameter may be a single upper layer parameter.
  • the upper layer parameter may be an information element (IE: Information Element) that includes multiple parameters.
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram of a wireless communication system according to an aspect of the present embodiment.
  • the wireless communication system includes terminal devices 1A to 1C and a base station device 3.
  • the terminal devices 1A to 1C are also referred to as the terminal device 1.
  • the base station device 3 may be configured to include one or both of an MCG (Master Cell Group) and an SCG (Secondary Cell Group).
  • the MCG is a group of serving cells configured to include at least a PCell (Primary Cell).
  • the SCG is a group of serving cells configured to include at least PSCell (Primary Secondary Cell).
  • the PCell may be a serving cell provided based on the initial connection.
  • the MCG may be configured to include one or more SCells (Secondary Cells).
  • the SCG may be configured to include one or more SCells.
  • the serving cell identifier (serving cell identity) is a short identifier for identifying the serving cell.
  • the serving cell identifier may be given by an upper layer parameter.
  • At least OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex
  • An OFDM symbol is a time domain unit of OFDM.
  • An OFDM symbol includes at least one or more subcarriers.
  • the OFDM symbol may be converted into a time-continuous signal in baseband signal generation.
  • the subcarrier spacing configuration ⁇ may be set to any of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and/or 5.
  • the subcarrier spacing setting ⁇ may be given by an upper layer parameter.
  • a time unit (time unit) T c is used for expressing the length of the time domain.
  • ⁇ f max may be the maximum value of the subcarrier interval supported in the wireless communication system according to the aspect of the present embodiment.
  • ⁇ f ref may be 15 kHz.
  • N f,ref may be 2048.
  • the constant ⁇ may be a value indicating the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and T c .
  • the constant ⁇ may be used for the subframe length.
  • the number of slots included in the subframe may be given based at least on the constant ⁇ .
  • ⁇ f ref is a reference subcarrier interval
  • N f,ref is a value corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval.
  • the -Transmission on the downlink and/or transmission on the uplink is composed of a 10 ms frame.
  • the frame is configured to include 10 subframes.
  • the subframe length is 1 ms.
  • the frame length may be given regardless of the subcarrier spacing ⁇ f. That is, the frame setting may be given regardless of ⁇ .
  • the length of the subframe may be given regardless of the subcarrier spacing ⁇ f. That is, the subframe setting may be given regardless of ⁇ .
  • the number and index of slots contained in a subframe may be given.
  • the first slot number n ⁇ s may be given in ascending order within the range of 0 to N subframe, ⁇ slot ⁇ 1 in the subframe .
  • the number of slots included in the frame and the index may be given.
  • the second slot numbers n ⁇ s,f may be given in ascending order within the range of 0 to N frame, ⁇ slot ⁇ 1 in the frame .
  • Consecutive N slot symb OFDM symbols may be included in one slot.
  • the N slot symb may be given based at least on part or all of the slot configuration and/or the CP (Cyclic Prefix) setting.
  • the slot settings may be given at least by the upper layer parameter tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon.
  • CP settings may be provided based at least on higher layer parameters.
  • CP settings may be provided based at least on dedicated RRC signaling.
  • the first slot number and the second slot number are also referred to as slot numbers (slot index).
  • FIG. 2 is an example showing a relationship among N slot symb , subcarrier interval setting ⁇ , slot setting, and CP setting according to an aspect of the present embodiment.
  • the subcarrier spacing setting ⁇ is 2
  • the CP setting is a normal CP (normal cyclic prefix)
  • the subcarrier spacing setting ⁇ is 2
  • the CP setting is an extended CP (extended cyclic prefix)
  • the N slot symb in slot setting 0 may correspond to twice the N slot symb in slot setting 1.
  • ⁇ An antenna port is defined by the fact that the channel on which symbols are transmitted on one antenna port can be estimated from the channel on which other symbols are transmitted on the same antenna port. If the large scale property of the channel through which the symbol is transmitted in one antenna port can be estimated from the channel in which the symbol is transmitted at the other antenna port, the two antenna ports are QCL (Quasi Co-Located). ) Is called.
  • the large-scale characteristic may include at least a long-term characteristic of the channel. Large-scale characteristics include delay spread (delay spread), Doppler spread (Doppler spread), Doppler shift (Doppler shift), average gain (average gain), average delay (average delay), and beam parameters (spatial Rx parameters). You may include at least one part or all.
  • That the first antenna port and the second antenna port are QCL with respect to the beam parameter means that the receiving beam assumed by the receiving side for the first antenna port and the receiving beam assumed by the receiving side for the second antenna port. And may be the same. That the first antenna port and the second antenna port are QCL with respect to the beam parameters means that the transmission beam assumed by the reception side for the first antenna port and the transmission beam assumed by the reception side for the second antenna port. And may be the same.
  • the terminal device 1 when the large-scale characteristic of the channel in which the symbol is transmitted in one antenna port can be estimated from the channel in which the symbol is transmitted in the other antenna port, it is assumed that the two antenna ports are QCL. May be done. The fact that the two antenna ports are QCL may mean that the two antenna ports are assumed to be QCL.
  • N ⁇ RB,x N RB sc subcarriers and N ( ⁇ ) symb N subframe, ⁇ symb OFDM symbols is provided for each subcarrier spacing setting and carrier set, respectively.
  • N ⁇ RB,x may indicate the number of resource blocks provided for setting ⁇ of the subcarrier spacing for carrier x.
  • N ⁇ RB,x may be the maximum number of resource blocks provided for setting ⁇ of the subcarrier spacing for carrier x.
  • the carrier x indicates either a downlink carrier or an uplink carrier. That is, x is “DL” or “UL”.
  • N ⁇ RB is a name including N ⁇ RB, DL and/or N ⁇ RB, UL .
  • N RB sc may indicate the number of subcarriers included in one resource block.
  • At least one resource grid may be provided for each antenna port p, and/or for each subcarrier spacing setting ⁇ , and/or for each transmission direction setting.
  • the transmission direction includes at least a downlink (DL: DownLink) and an uplink (UL: UpLink).
  • DL: DownLink downlink
  • UL: UpLink uplink
  • the set of parameters including at least part or all of the antenna port p, the subcarrier spacing setting ⁇ , and the setting of the transmission direction is also referred to as a first wireless parameter set. That is, one resource grid may be provided for each first wireless parameter set.
  • the carrier included in the serving cell is called the downlink carrier (or downlink component carrier).
  • a carrier included in the serving cell is called an uplink carrier (uplink component carrier).
  • the downlink component carrier and the uplink component carrier are generically called a component carrier (or carrier).
  • Each element in the resource grid provided for each first radio parameter set is called a resource element.
  • the resource element is specified by the index ksc in the frequency domain and the index lsym in the time domain.
  • the resource element is specified by the frequency domain index k sc and the time domain index l sym .
  • the resource element specified by the frequency domain index ksc and the time domain index lsym is also referred to as a resource element ( ksc , lsym ).
  • the frequency domain index k sc indicates any value from 0 to N ⁇ RB N RB sc ⁇ 1.
  • N ⁇ RB may be the number of resource blocks provided for setting ⁇ of the subcarrier spacing.
  • the frequency domain index ksc may correspond to the subcarrier index ksc .
  • the time domain index l sym may correspond to the OFDM symbol index l sym .
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a resource grid in a subframe according to an aspect of the present embodiment.
  • the horizontal axis is the time domain index l sym
  • the vertical axis is the frequency domain index k sc .
  • the frequency domain of the resource grid includes N ⁇ RB N RB sc subcarriers.
  • the time domain of the resource grid may include 14.2 ⁇ OFDM symbols.
  • One resource block is configured to include N RB sc subcarriers.
  • the time domain of the resource block may correspond to one OFDM symbol.
  • the time domain of the resource block may correspond to 14 OFDM symbols.
  • the time domain of the resource block may correspond to one or more slots.
  • the time domain of the resource block may correspond to one subframe.
  • the terminal device 1 may be instructed to perform transmission/reception using only a subset of the resource grid.
  • a subset of the resource grid is also referred to as BWP, which may be provided based at least on upper layer parameters and/or some or all of the DCI.
  • BWP is also called a band part (BP: bandwidth part). That is, the terminal device 1 may not be instructed to perform transmission/reception using all the sets of the resource grid. That is, the terminal device 1 may be instructed to perform transmission/reception by using some frequency resources in the resource grid.
  • One BWP may be composed of a plurality of resource blocks in the frequency domain.
  • One BWP may be composed of a plurality of consecutive resource blocks in the frequency domain.
  • the BWP set for the downlink carrier is also called the downlink BWP.
  • the BWP set for the uplink carrier is also referred to as the uplink BWP.
  • One or more downlink BWPs may be set for the terminal device 1.
  • the terminal device 1 may try to receive a physical channel (for example, PDCCH, PDSCH, SS/PBCH, etc.) in one downlink BWP of one or a plurality of downlink BWPs.
  • the one downlink BWP is also referred to as an activated downlink BWP.
  • One or more uplink BWPs may be set for the terminal device 1.
  • the terminal device 1 may attempt transmission of a physical channel (for example, PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, etc.) in one uplink BWP of one or a plurality of uplink BWPs.
  • the one uplink BWP is also referred to as an activated uplink BWP.
  • a downlink BWP set may be set for each serving cell.
  • the set of downlink BWPs may include one or more downlink BWPs.
  • a set of uplink BWP may be set for each of the serving cells.
  • the set of uplink BWPs may include one or more uplink BWPs.
  • the upper layer parameter is a parameter included in the signal of the upper layer.
  • the upper layer signal may be RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling or MAC CE (Medium Access Control Control Element).
  • the upper layer signal may be an RRC layer signal or a MAC layer signal.
  • the upper layer signal may be common RRC signaling.
  • the common RRC signaling may include at least some or all of the following features C1 to C3. Feature C1) BCCH Logical Channel or Feature C2 mapped to CCCH Logical Channel C2) Feature C3) Mapped to PBCH that contains at least the radioResourceConfigCommon information element.
  • the radioResourceConfigCommon information element may include information indicating the settings commonly used in the serving cell.
  • the setting commonly used in the serving cells may include at least the PRACH setting.
  • the PRACH setting may indicate at least one or a plurality of random access preamble indexes.
  • the PRACH configuration may at least indicate PRACH time/frequency resources.
  • the upper layer signal may be dedicated RRC signaling.
  • the dedicated RRC signaling may include at least some or all of the following features D1 to D2. Feature D1) feature D2) mapped to DCCH logical channel at least including radioResourceConfigDedicated information element
  • the radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may include at least information indicating a setting unique to the terminal device 1.
  • the radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may include at least information indicating the setting of BWP.
  • the BWP settings may at least indicate frequency resources of the BWP.
  • the MIB, the first system information, and the second system information may be included in the common RRC signaling.
  • a higher layer message that is mapped to the DCCH logical channel and that includes at least radioResourceConfigCommon may be included in the common RRC signaling.
  • an upper layer message that is mapped to the DCCH logical channel and does not include the radioResourceConfigCommon information element may be included in the dedicated RRC signaling.
  • a higher-layer message that is mapped to the DCCH logical channel and that includes at least the radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may be included in the dedicated RRC signaling.
  • the first system information may at least indicate the time index of the SS (Synchronization Signal) block.
  • the SS block is also called an SS/PBCH block.
  • the SS/PBCH block is also called SS/PBCH.
  • the first system information may include at least information related to PRACH resources.
  • the first system information may include at least information related to setting up an initial connection.
  • the second system information may be system information other than the first system information.
  • the radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may include at least information related to the PRACH resource.
  • the radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may include at least information related to the setting of the initial connection.
  • the uplink physical channel may correspond to a set of resource elements that carry information occurring in higher layers.
  • the uplink physical channel is a physical channel used in the uplink carrier. In the wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present embodiment, at least some or all of the following uplink physical channels are used.
  • ⁇ PUCCH Physical Uplink Control CHannel
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared CHannel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access CHannel
  • the PUCCH may be used to transmit uplink control information (UCI: Uplink Control Information).
  • the uplink control information includes channel state information (CSI:ChannelStateInformation), scheduling request (SR:SchedulingRequest), transport block (TB:Transport block, MAC PDU:MediumAccess Control Protocol Protocol DataUnit, DL-SCH:Downlink -Includes part or all of HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACK knowledge) corresponding to Shared Channel, PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared Channel).
  • HARQ-ACK may include at least HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to at least one transport block.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit may indicate ACK (acknowledgement) or NACK (negative-acknowledgement) corresponding to one or more transport blocks.
  • HARQ-ACK may include at least a HARQ-ACK codebook including one or more HARQ-ACK bits.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to one or a plurality of transport blocks may be that the HARQ-ACK bit corresponds to a PDSCH including the one or a plurality of transport blocks.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit may indicate ACK or NACK corresponding to one CBG (Code Block Group) included in the transport block.
  • CBG Code Block Group
  • SR:SchedulingRequest may be used at least to request a PUSCH resource for initial transmission.
  • the scheduling request bit may be used to indicate either a positive SR (positive SR) or a negative SR (negative SR).
  • the fact that the scheduling request bit indicates a positive SR is also referred to as “a positive SR is transmitted”.
  • the positive SR may indicate that the terminal device 1 requests PUSCH resources for initial transmission.
  • a positive SR may indicate that the scheduling request is triggered by the upper layer.
  • the positive SR may be transmitted when instructed to transmit the scheduling request by the upper layer.
  • the fact that the scheduling request bit indicates a negative SR is also referred to as “a negative SR is transmitted”.
  • the negative SR may indicate that the PUSCH resource for initial transmission is not requested by the terminal device 1.
  • a negative SR may indicate that the scheduling request is not triggered by higher layers.
  • a negative SR may be sent if higher layers do not indicate to send a scheduling request.
  • the channel state information may include at least part or all of the channel quality index (CQI: Channel Quality Indicator), the precoder matrix index (PMI: Precoder Matrix Indicator), and the rank index (RI: Rank Indicator).
  • CQI is an index related to channel quality (for example, propagation strength)
  • PMI is an index indicating a precoder.
  • the RI is an index indicating the transmission rank (or the number of transmission layers).
  • PUCCH supports PUCCH format (PUCCH format 0 to PUCCH format 4).
  • the PUCCH format may be mapped to the PUCCH and transmitted.
  • the PUCCH format may be transmitted on the PUCCH. Transmitting the PUCCH format may be transmitting the PUCCH.
  • PUSCH is used at least for transmitting transport blocks (TB, MAC PDU, UL-SCH, PUSCH).
  • PUSCH may be used to transmit at least some or all of transport blocks, HARQ-ACKs, channel state information, and scheduling requests.
  • PUSCH is used at least for transmitting the random access message 3.
  • PRACH is used at least for transmitting the random access preamble (random access message 1).
  • the PRACH is an initial connection establishment procedure, a handover procedure, a connection re-establishment procedure, synchronization for PUSCH transmission (timing adjustment), and a part or all of the resource request for the PUSCH. May be used at least to indicate
  • the random access preamble may be used to notify the base station device 3 of an index (random access preamble index) given by the upper layer of the terminal device 1.
  • uplink physical signals are used in uplink wireless communication.
  • the uplink physical signal is used by the physical layer, although it may not be used to transmit the information output from the upper layer.
  • ⁇ UL DMRS UpLink Demodulation Reference Signal
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • ⁇ UL PTRS UpLink Phase Tracking Reference Signal
  • UL DMRS is related to the transmission of PUSCH and/or PUCCH.
  • UL DMRS is multiplexed with PUSCH or PUCCH.
  • the base station device 3 may use the UL DMRS to perform the channel correction of the PUSCH or PUCCH.
  • transmitting the PUSCH and UL DMRS related to the PUSCH together is simply referred to as transmitting the PUSCH.
  • transmitting the PUCCH and the UL DMRS related to the PUCCH together is simply referred to as transmitting the PUCCH.
  • UL DMRS related to PUSCH is also called UL DMRS for PUSCH.
  • UL DMRS related to PUCCH is also called UL DMRS for PUCCH.
  • the SRS may not be related to the transmission of PUSCH or PUCCH.
  • the base station device 3 may use SRS for measuring the channel state.
  • the SRS may be transmitted at the end of the subframe in the uplink slot, or at a predetermined number of OFDM symbols from the end.
  • UL PTRS may be a reference signal used at least for phase tracking.
  • UL PTRS may be associated with a UL DMRS group that includes at least antenna ports used for one or more UL DMRSs.
  • the association between the UL PTRS and the UL DMRS group may be that some or all of the antenna ports of the UL PTRS and the antenna ports included in the UL DMRS group are at least QCL.
  • the UL DMRS group may be identified based on at least the antenna port with the smallest index in the UL DMRS included in the UL DMRS group.
  • UL PTRS may be mapped to the antenna port with the smallest index in one or more antenna ports to which one codeword is mapped.
  • the UL PTRS may be mapped to the first layer when one codeword is at least mapped to the first layer and the second layer. UL PTRS may not be mapped to the second layer.
  • the index of the antenna port to which the UL PTRS is mapped may be given based at least on the downlink control information.
  • the following downlink physical channels are used in downlink radio communication from the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1.
  • the downlink physical channel is used by the physical layer to transmit information output from higher layers.
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the PBCH is used at least for transmitting a master information block (MIB: Master Information Block, BCH, Broadcast Channel).
  • the PBCH may be transmitted based on a predetermined transmission interval.
  • PBCH may be transmitted at intervals of 80 ms.
  • PBCH may be transmitted at intervals of 160 ms.
  • the content of information included in the PBCH may be updated every 80 ms. Part or all of the information included in the PBCH may be updated every 160 ms.
  • the PBCH may be composed of 288 subcarriers.
  • the PBCH may be configured to include 2, 3, or 4 OFDM symbols.
  • the MIB may include information related to the identifier (index) of the synchronization signal.
  • the MIB may include information indicating at least a part of the slot number, the subframe number, and/or the radio frame number in which the PBCH is transmitted.
  • the PDCCH is used at least for transmission of downlink control information (DCI: Downlink Control Information).
  • the PDCCH may be transmitted including at least downlink control information.
  • the PDCCH may include downlink control information.
  • the downlink control information is also called a DCI format.
  • the downlink control information may include at least either a downlink grant (uplink grant) or an uplink grant (uplink grant).
  • the DCI format used for PDSCH scheduling is also referred to as downlink DCI format.
  • the DCI format used for PUSCH scheduling is also called an uplink DCI format.
  • the downlink grant is also referred to as a downlink assignment or a downlink allocation.
  • the uplink DCI format includes at least one or both of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1.
  • the DCI format 0_0 includes at least part or all of 1A to 1F.
  • the DCI format specific field may be used at least to indicate whether the DCI format including the DCI format specific field corresponds to one or a plurality of DCI formats.
  • the one or more DCI formats may be provided based on at least some or all of DCI format 1_0, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_0, and/or DCI format 0_1.
  • the frequency domain resource allocation field may be used at least to indicate frequency resource allocation for the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format including the frequency domain resource allocation field.
  • the frequency domain resource allocation field is also called an FDRA (Frequency Domain Resource Allocation) field.
  • the time domain resource allocation field may be used at least to indicate the allocation of the time resource for the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format including the time domain resource allocation field.
  • the frequency hopping flag field may be used at least to indicate whether frequency hopping is applied to PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format including the frequency hopping flag field.
  • the MCS field may be used at least to indicate the modulation scheme for the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format including the MCS field and/or a part or all of the target coding rate.
  • the target coding rate may be a target coding rate for a transport block of the PUSCH.
  • the size of the transport block (TBS: Transport Block Size) may be given based at least on the target coding rate.
  • the first CSI request field is used at least to indicate the CSI report.
  • the size of the first CSI request field may be a predetermined value.
  • the size of the first CSI request field may be 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • the DCI format 0_1 includes at least part or all of 2A to 2G.
  • the BWP field may be used to indicate the uplink BWP to which the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format 0_1 is mapped.
  • the second CSI request field is used at least to indicate the CSI report.
  • the size of the second CSI request field may be given based at least on the upper layer parameter ReportTriggerSize.
  • the downlink DCI format includes at least one or both of DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1.
  • the DCI format 1_0 includes at least part or all of 3A to 3H.
  • the PDSCH to HARQ feedback timing indication field may be a field indicating the timing K1. If the index of the slot including the last OFDM symbol of the PDSCH is slot n, the index of the slot including PUCCH or PUSCH including at least HARQ-ACK corresponding to the transport block included in the PDSCH is n+K1. Good. When the index of the slot including the last OFDM symbol of PDSCH is slot n, the first OFDM symbol of PUCCH or the first OFDM symbol of PUSCH including at least HARQ-ACK corresponding to the transport block included in the PDSCH is The index of the included slot may be n+K1.
  • the PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing indicator field (PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field) may be referred to as a HARQ instruction field.
  • the PUCCH resource indication field may be a field indicating an index of one or more PUCCH resources included in the PUCCH resource set.
  • the DCI format 1_1 includes at least part or all of 4A to 4J.
  • the BWP field may be used to indicate the downlink BWP to which the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI format 1_1 is mapped.
  • DCI format 2_0 may be configured to include at least one or more slot format indicators (SFI: Slot Format Indicator).
  • SFI Slot Format Indicator
  • the number of resource blocks indicates the number of resource blocks in the frequency domain, unless otherwise specified.
  • the downlink grant is used at least for scheduling one PDSCH in one serving cell.
  • the uplink grant is used at least for scheduling one PUSCH in one serving cell.
  • One physical channel may be mapped to one serving cell.
  • One physical channel may be mapped to one BWP set in one carrier included in one serving cell.
  • the terminal device 1 may have one or more control resource sets (CORESET:COntrolREsourceSET) set.
  • the terminal device 1 monitors the PDCCH in one or a plurality of control resource sets (monitor).
  • monitoring the PDCCH in one or more control resource sets may include monitoring one or more PDCCHs corresponding to each of the one or more control resource sets.
  • the PDCCH may include one or more PDCCH candidates and/or a set of PDCCH candidates.
  • monitoring the PDCCH may include monitoring and detecting the PDCCH and/or the DCI format transmitted over the PDCCH.
  • the control resource set may indicate a time frequency domain to which one or more PDCCHs can be mapped.
  • the control resource set may be an area in which the terminal device 1 monitors the PDCCH.
  • the control resource set may be composed of continuous resources (Localized resource).
  • the control resource set may be composed of discontinuous resources.
  • the unit of mapping of the control resource set may be a resource block.
  • the unit of control resource set mapping may be 6 resource blocks.
  • the unit of control resource set mapping may be an OFDM symbol.
  • the unit of control resource set mapping may be one OFDM symbol.
  • the upper layer parameter may include a bitmap for a group of resource blocks (RBG: Resource Block Group).
  • the group of resource blocks may be provided by 6 consecutive resource blocks.
  • the number of OFDM symbols that make up the control resource set may be given based at least on upper layer parameters.
  • a certain control resource set may be a common control resource set.
  • the common control resource set may be a control resource set commonly set for a plurality of terminal devices 1.
  • the common control resource set may be provided based on at least some or all of the MIB, the first system information, the second system information, the common RRC signaling, and the cell ID.
  • the time resource and/or the frequency resource of the control resource set configured to monitor the PDCCH used for scheduling the first system information may be provided at least based on the MIB.
  • CORESET#0 The control resource set set by MIB is also referred to as CORESET#0.
  • CORESET#0 may be the control resource set of index #0.
  • a certain control resource set may be a dedicated control resource set (Dedicated control resource set).
  • the dedicated control resource set may be a control resource set set to be exclusively used for the terminal device 1.
  • the dedicated control resource set may be provided based at least on the dedicated RRC signaling and some or all of the values of the C-RNTI.
  • the set of PDCCH candidates monitored by the terminal device 1 may be defined in terms of the search area. That is, the set of PDCCH candidates monitored by the terminal device 1 may be given by the search region.
  • the search area may be configured to include one or more PDCCH candidates of one or more aggregation levels.
  • the aggregation level of PDCCH candidates may indicate the number of CCEs configuring the PDCCH.
  • PDDCH candidates may be mapped to one or more CCEs.
  • the terminal device 1 may monitor at least one or a plurality of search areas in slots where DRX (Discontinuous reception) is not set. DRX may be provided based at least on higher layer parameters. The terminal device 1 may monitor at least one or a plurality of search area sets (Search space set) in slots where DRX is not set.
  • DRX discontinuous reception
  • the terminal device 1 may monitor at least one or a plurality of search area sets (Search space set) in slots where DRX is not set.
  • the search area set may be configured to include at least one or a plurality of search areas.
  • Each of the search area sets may be related to at least one control resource set.
  • Each of the search area sets may be included in one control resource set.
  • an index of a control resource set associated with the search region set may be provided.
  • Physical resources in the search area are composed of control channel components (CCE:Control Channel Element).
  • CCE Control Channel Element
  • the CCE is composed of a predetermined number of resource element groups (REG:Resource Element Group).
  • REG Resource Element Group
  • the CCE may be composed of 6 REGs.
  • the REG may be configured by one OFDM symbol of one PRB (Physical Resource Block). That is, the REG may be configured to include 12 resource elements (RE:Resource Element).
  • PRB is also simply referred to as an RB (Resource Block: resource block).
  • the PDSCH is used at least for transmitting a transport block.
  • the PDSCH may be used at least to transmit the random access message 2 (random access response).
  • the PDSCH may be used at least for transmitting system information including parameters used for initial access.
  • the following downlink physical signals are used in downlink wireless communication.
  • the downlink physical signal is used by the physical layer, although it may not be used to transmit the information output from the upper layer.
  • SS Synchronization signal
  • DL DMRS DownLink DeModulation Reference Signal
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
  • DL PTRS DownLink Phase Tracking Reference Signal
  • the synchronization signal is used for the terminal device 1 to synchronize the downlink frequency domain and/or time domain.
  • the synchronization signal includes PSS (Primary Synchronization Signal) and SSS (Secondary Synchronization Signal).
  • the SS block (SS/PBCH block) is configured to include at least part or all of PSS, SSS, and PBCH.
  • DL DMRS relates to the transmission of PBCH, PDCCH, and/or PDSCH.
  • DL DMRS is multiplexed on PBCH, PDCCH, and/or PDSCH.
  • the terminal device 1 may use the PBCH, the PDCCH, or the DL DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH in order to correct the propagation path of the PBCH, the PDCCH, or the PDSCH.
  • CSI-RS may be a signal used at least for calculating channel state information.
  • the CSI-RS pattern assumed by the terminal device may be given by at least upper layer parameters.
  • PTRS may be a signal used at least for compensation of phase noise.
  • the pattern of PTRS assumed by the terminal device may be given based at least on upper layer parameters and/or DCI.
  • the DL PTRS may be associated with a DL DMRS group that includes at least the antenna ports used for one or more DL DMRSs.
  • the downlink physical channel and downlink physical signal are also referred to as downlink signals.
  • the uplink physical channel and the uplink physical signal are also referred to as uplink signals.
  • the downlink signal and the uplink signal are also collectively called a physical signal.
  • the downlink signal and the uplink signal are also collectively referred to as a signal.
  • the downlink physical channel and the uplink physical channel are generically called a physical channel.
  • the downlink physical signal and the uplink physical signal are collectively referred to as a physical signal.
  • BCH Broadcast CHannel
  • UL-SCH Uplink-Shared CHannel
  • DL-SCH Downlink-Shared CHannel
  • transport channels Channels used in the medium access control (MAC) layer are called transport channels.
  • the unit of the transport channel used in the MAC layer is also called a transport block (TB) or MAC PDU.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest
  • the transport block is a unit of data delivered by the MAC layer to the physical layer. In the physical layer, transport blocks are mapped to codewords, and modulation processing is performed for each codeword.
  • the base station device 3 and the terminal device 1 exchange (transmit/receive) signals of the upper layer in the higher layer.
  • the base station device 3 and the terminal device 1 may transmit and receive RRC signaling (RRC message: Radio Resource Control message; RRC information: Radio Resource Control information) in the radio resource control (RRC: Radio Resource Control) layer. ..
  • RRC signaling and/or MAC CE are also referred to as higher layer signaling.
  • the PUSCH and PDSCH may at least be used for transmitting RRC signaling and/or MAC CE.
  • the RRC signaling transmitted from the base station device 3 on the PDSCH may be common signaling to the plurality of terminal devices 1 in the serving cell. Signaling common to the plurality of terminal devices 1 in the serving cell is also referred to as common RRC signaling.
  • the RRC signaling transmitted from the base station apparatus 3 on the PDSCH may be dedicated signaling (also referred to as “dedicated signaling” or “UE specific signaling”) to a certain terminal apparatus 1. Signaling dedicated to the terminal device 1 is also called dedicated RRC signaling.
  • the upper layer parameter unique to the serving cell may be transmitted using common signaling to a plurality of terminal devices 1 in the serving cell or dedicated signaling to a certain terminal device 1.
  • the UE-specific upper layer parameter may be transmitted to a certain terminal device 1 by using dedicated signaling.
  • BCCH Broadcast Control CHannel
  • CCCH Common Control CHannel
  • DCCH Dedicated Control CHannel
  • BCCH is an upper layer channel used for transmitting MIB.
  • CCCH Common Control Channel
  • DCCH Dedicated Control Channel
  • the DCCH is an upper layer channel used at least for transmitting dedicated control information to the terminal device 1.
  • the DCCH may be used for the terminal device 1 that is RRC-connected, for example.
  • BCCH in the logical channel may be mapped to BCH, DL-SCH or UL-SCH in the transport channel.
  • the CCCH in the logical channel may be mapped to the DL-SCH or UL-SCH in the transport channel.
  • the DCCH in the logical channel may be mapped to the DL-SCH or UL-SCH in the transport channel.
  • UL-SCH in the transport channel may be mapped to PUSCH in the physical channel.
  • the DL-SCH in the transport channel may be mapped to the PDSCH in the physical channel.
  • the BCH in the transport channel may be mapped to the PBCH in the physical channel.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram showing the configuration of the terminal device 1 according to one aspect of the present embodiment.
  • the terminal device 1 is configured to include a wireless transmission/reception unit 10 and an upper layer processing unit 14.
  • the wireless transmission/reception unit 10 includes at least an antenna unit 11, an RF (Radio Frequency) unit 12, and a part or all of a baseband unit 13.
  • the upper layer processing unit 14 is configured to include at least part or all of the medium access control layer processing unit 15 and the radio resource control layer processing unit 16.
  • the wireless transmission/reception unit 10 is also referred to as a transmission unit, a reception unit, or a physical layer processing unit.
  • the upper layer processing unit 14 outputs the uplink data (transport block) generated by the user's operation or the like to the wireless transmission/reception unit 10.
  • the upper layer processing unit 14 processes the MAC layer, the packet data integration protocol (PDCP: Packet Data Convergence Protocol) layer, the radio link control (RLC: Radio Link Control) layer, and the RRC layer.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • the medium access control layer processing unit 15 included in the upper layer processing unit 14 processes the MAC layer.
  • the radio resource control layer processing unit 16 included in the upper layer processing unit 14 performs processing of the RRC layer.
  • the radio resource control layer processing unit 16 manages various setting information/parameters of its own device.
  • the radio resource control layer processing unit 16 sets various setting information/parameters based on the upper layer signal received from the base station device 3. That is, the radio resource control layer processing unit 16 sets various setting information/parameters based on the information indicating various setting information/parameters received from the base station device 3.
  • the setting information may include information related to processing or setting of a physical channel or a physical signal (that is, physical layer), MAC layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, RRC layer.
  • the parameter may be an upper layer parameter.
  • the wireless transmission/reception unit 10 performs physical layer processing such as modulation, demodulation, encoding, and decoding.
  • the wireless transmission/reception unit 10 separates, demodulates, and decodes the received physical signal, and outputs the decoded information to the upper layer processing unit 14.
  • the wireless transmission/reception unit 10 generates a physical signal by modulating, encoding, and generating a baseband signal (conversion into a time continuous signal), and transmits the physical signal to the base station device 3.
  • the RF unit 12 converts a signal received via the antenna unit 11 into a baseband signal by quadrature demodulation (down conversion: down covert) and removes unnecessary frequency components.
  • the RF unit 12 outputs the processed analog signal to the baseband unit.
  • the baseband unit 13 converts the analog signal input from the RF unit 12 into a digital signal.
  • the baseband unit 13 removes a portion corresponding to CP (Cyclic Prefix) from the converted digital signal, performs a fast Fourier transform (FFT: Fast Fourier Transform) on the signal from which the CP is removed, and outputs a signal in the frequency domain. Extract.
  • FFT Fast Fourier Transform
  • the baseband unit 13 performs an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) on the data to generate an OFDM symbol, adds CP to the generated OFDM symbol, generates a baseband digital signal, and generates a baseband signal.
  • IFFT Inverse Fast Fourier Transform
  • the band digital signal is converted into an analog signal.
  • the baseband unit 13 outputs the converted analog signal to the RF unit 12.
  • the RF unit 12 uses a low-pass filter to remove excess frequency components from the analog signal input from the baseband unit 13, upconverts the analog signal to a carrier frequency, and transmits it via the antenna unit 11. To do. Further, the RF unit 12 amplifies the power. Further, the RF unit 12 may have a function of controlling transmission power.
  • the RF unit 12 is also referred to as a transmission power control unit.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram showing the configuration of the base station device 3 according to an aspect of the present embodiment.
  • the base station device 3 is configured to include a wireless transmission/reception unit 30 and an upper layer processing unit 34.
  • the wireless transmission/reception unit 30 includes an antenna unit 31, an RF unit 32, and a baseband unit 33.
  • the upper layer processing unit 34 includes a medium access control layer processing unit 35 and a radio resource control layer processing unit 36.
  • the wireless transmission/reception unit 30 is also referred to as a transmission unit, a reception unit, or a physical layer processing unit.
  • the upper layer processing unit 34 processes the MAC layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, and RRC layer.
  • the medium access control layer processing unit 35 included in the upper layer processing unit 34 performs processing of the MAC layer.
  • the radio resource control layer processing unit 36 included in the upper layer processing unit 34 performs processing of the RRC layer.
  • the radio resource control layer processing unit 36 generates downlink data (transport block) arranged on the PDSCH, system information, RRC message, MAC CE, or the like, or acquires from the upper node and outputs to the radio transmission/reception unit 30. .. Further, the radio resource control layer processing unit 36 manages various setting information/parameters of each terminal device 1.
  • the radio resource control layer processing unit 36 may set various setting information/parameters for each terminal device 1 via a signal of an upper layer. That is, the radio resource control layer processing unit 36 transmits/notifies information indicating various setting information/parameters.
  • the setting information may include information related to processing or setting of a physical channel or a physical signal (that is, physical layer), MAC layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, RRC layer.
  • the parameter may be an upper layer parameter.
  • the function of the wireless transmission/reception unit 30 is the same as that of the wireless transmission/reception unit 10, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
  • Each of the units 10 to 16 provided in the terminal device 1 may be configured as a circuit.
  • Each of the units denoted by reference numerals 30 to 36 included in the base station device 3 may be configured as a circuit.
  • the terminal device 1 may perform carrier sense before transmitting the physical signal. Further, the base station device 3 may perform carrier sense before transmitting the physical signal. Carrier sense may be to carry out energy detection in a wireless channel. Whether or not the physical signal can be transmitted may be given based on the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal. For example, if the amount of energy detected by the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal is larger than a predetermined threshold value, the physical channel may not be transmitted, or the transmission may not be performed. May be determined. Further, when the amount of energy detected by the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal is smaller than a predetermined threshold value, the physical channel may be transmitted, or transmission is possible. It may be judged.
  • the transmission of the physical channel may or may not be performed. .. That is, when the amount of energy detected by the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal is equal to the predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the transmission is impossible or the transmission is possible. Good.
  • the procedure of giving permission/prohibition of physical channel based on carrier sense is also called LBT (Listen Before Talk).
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • the situation where it is determined that the physical signal cannot be transmitted as a result of the LBT is also referred to as a busy state or busy.
  • the busy state may be a state in which the amount of energy detected by carrier sensing is larger than a predetermined threshold value.
  • a situation in which it is determined that the physical signal can be transmitted as a result of the LBT is also called an idle state or idle.
  • the idle state may be a state in which the amount of energy detected by carrier sensing is smaller than a predetermined threshold value.
  • the terminal device 1 may multiplex the uplink control information (UCI) on the PUCCH and transmit it.
  • the terminal device 1 may multiplex UCI on PUSCH and transmit.
  • UCI is downlink channel state information (Channel State Information:CSI), scheduling request (Scheduling Request: SR) that indicates a request for PUSCH resource, downlink data (Transport block, Medium Access Control Control Protocol Data Unit: MAC PDU, Downlink -At least one of HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledgement) for Shared Channel: DL-SCH, Physical Downlink Shared Channel: PDSCH) may be included.
  • CSI Downlink channel state information
  • SR scheduling request
  • SR Service Request
  • SR Medium Access Control Control Protocol Data Unit
  • HARQ-ACK Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledgement
  • HARQ-ACK may also be referred to as ACK/NACK, HARQ feedback, HARQ-ACK feedback, HARQ response, HARQ-ACK response, HARQ information, HARQ-ACK information, HARQ control information, and HARQ-ACK control information. .. Also, the transmission of HARQ-ACK information may be referred to as a report of HARQ-ACK information.
  • HARQ-ACK may include at least HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to at least one transport block.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit may indicate ACK (ACKnowledgement) or NACK (Negative-ACKnowledgement) corresponding to one or a plurality of transport blocks.
  • HARQ-ACK may include at least a HARQ-ACK codebook that includes one or more HARQ-ACK bits.
  • the HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to one or a plurality of transport blocks may be that the HARQ-ACK bit corresponds to a PDSCH including the one or a plurality of transport blocks.
  • HARQ control for one transport block may be called a HARQ process.
  • One HARQ process identifier may be provided for each HARQ process.
  • the terminal device 1 uses the HARQ-ACK information and the HARQ-ACK codebook in the slot indicated by the DCI format 1_0 corresponding to PDSCH reception or the value of the HARQ indication field included in the DCI format 1_1. May be reported to the base station device 3.
  • terminal device 1 may not be able to transmit PUCCH and/or PUSCH at the scheduled timing. Further, the base station apparatus 3 may not be able to receive the PUCCH and/or PUSCH transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 due to the influence of interference from other devices.
  • the base station apparatus 3 assigns a group ID to some or all PDSCHs to be transmitted to the terminal apparatus 1, and when the LBT result is in the idle state, transmits the PUCCH including HARQ-ACK corresponding to some or all of the PDSCHs. Can be requested.
  • there is a problem that it is not clear which PDSCH the terminal device 1 reports to the base station device 3 when the terminal device 1 receives the request from the base station device 3.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs grouped in this embodiment.
  • the group ID of PDSCH 601, PDSCH 602, PDSCH 607, and PDSCH 608 is 1.
  • the group ID of PDSCH 604 and PDSCH 605 is 2.
  • the group ID of 1 may mean that the group ID is Group 1 (Group 1).
  • the group ID of 2 may mean that the group ID is Group 2 (Group 2).
  • the terminal device 1 may transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 601 and the PDSCH 602 using the PUCCH 603.
  • the terminal device 1 may transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 604 and the PDSCH 605 using the PUCCH 606.
  • the terminal device 1 may transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 607 and the PDSCH 608 using the PUCCH 609.
  • the base station device 3 cannot correctly receive the one or more PUCCHs. Transmission of the included HARQ-ACK information may be triggered using the DCI format included in the PDCCH. For example, the base station device 3 may use the PDCCH 610 to trigger a request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs in the group 1. In FIG.
  • the terminal device 1 when the base station device 3 triggers a request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs in group 1, the terminal device 1 has multiple PDSCHs in group 1, There is a problem that it is not possible to determine which PDSCH corresponding to which of the 1 PDSCHs to transmit the HARQ-ACK information. That is, when the base station device 3 triggers a request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs in the group 1, the terminal device 1 transmits HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 601 and PDSCH 602. There is a problem that it cannot be determined whether to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 607 and PDSCH 608.
  • the terminal apparatus 1 When the base station apparatus 3 triggers a request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs of the group 1, the terminal apparatus 1 corresponds to any of the HARQ-PDSCH 601, PDSCH 602, PDSCH 607, and PDSCH 608. Unable to determine whether to send ACK information.
  • one group includes one or more PDSCHs to which the transmission of HARQ-ACK information is transmitted in response to one trigger of the request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information. But it's okay. For example, when a request for transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs in group 1 is triggered and the terminal device 1 transmits HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 607 and PDSCH 608, PDSCH 607 and PDSCH 608 Are grouped together.
  • the HARQ-ACK information transmission trigger may be referred to as a HARQ-ACK information report trigger, a HARQ-ACK information transmission trigger, and a HARQ-ACK information report request trigger.
  • Grouping may mean putting PDSCHs with the same group ID into the same group.
  • a group may also include one or more consecutive PDSCHs with the same group ID. Successive PDSCHs having the same group ID belong to the same group. Successive PDSCHs with different group IDs belong to different groups.
  • the number of PDSCHs forming a group may be the maximum number of one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID.
  • PDSCH 601 and PDSCH 602 may be in the same group.
  • PDSCH 604 and PDSCH 605 may be in the same group.
  • PDSCH 607 and PDSCH 608 may be in the same group.
  • the PDSCH 601, the PDSCH 602, the PDSCH 607, and the PDSCH 608 do not have to be in the same group.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be given to the PDSCH when the base station device 3 schedules the PDSCH.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be used when determining which group the PDSCH belongs to.
  • the total number of PDSCH group IDs may be determined by higher layer parameters. Further, the total number of group IDs may be a predetermined value.
  • the base station device 3 may notify the terminal device 1 of the total number of group IDs.
  • the total number of group IDs may be determined by higher layer parameters. In this embodiment, the total number of group IDs may be X group . Further, in this embodiment, the group ID may be the PDSCH group ID unless otherwise specified.
  • the base station device 3 may use the PDCCH to trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information.
  • the base station apparatus 3 may trigger the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information using the DCI format included in the PDCCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK information may correspond to the PDSCH received before receiving the PDCCH used for the trigger.
  • the DCI format included in the PDCCH includes a field for activating the trigger, a field for HARQ process identifier, a field for group ID, and a PUCCH resource. Some or all of the indicator field, the field indicating the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the field indicating the number of HARQ-ACK information to be reported may be included.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based at least on the CCE index to which the PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH is mapped.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped and the predetermined value X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation of an index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped and a predetermined value X total .
  • the CCE index may be the first CCE index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped.
  • the CCE index may be the smallest CCE index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped.
  • the CCE index may be the last CCE index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped.
  • the CCE index may be the largest CCE index to which the PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH is mapped.
  • X total may be a predetermined value. X total may be the total number of group IDs.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a floor calculation of the index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped and X total .
  • the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor (CCE index/X total ).
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the index of CORESET that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the index of CORESET detecting the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and the predetermined value X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by the floor calculation of the index of CORESET that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based at least on the index of the search space set (search space set) that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the index of the search space set that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and the predetermined value X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a floor calculation between the index of the search space set that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the HARQ process identifier (HARQ process ID) of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on the HARQ process identifier of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and a predetermined value X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation of the HARQ process identifier of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a floor operation between the HARQ process identifier of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total .
  • the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor(HARQ process identifier/X total ).
  • the PDSCH group ID may be determined based at least on the slot index at which the PDSCH was scheduled.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the slot index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and the predetermined value X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation of the slot index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by the floor calculation of the slot index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be calculated as floor (slot index/X total ).
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined at least based on the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the value of the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and the predetermined value X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation between the value of the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a floor calculation between the value of the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total .
  • the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor (value of PUCCH resource indicator/X total ).
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based at least on the resource block index with which the PDSCH is scheduled.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the resource block index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and the predetermined value X total .
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation of the resource block index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and a predetermined value X total .
  • the resource block index may be the index of the first resource block for which the PDSCH is scheduled.
  • the resource block index may be the index of the last resource block for which the PDSCH is scheduled.
  • the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by the floor calculation of the resource block index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and X total .
  • the base station device 3 may notify the terminal device 1 of the group ID using a DCI format field included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH.
  • the size of the field may be X DCI bits.
  • X DCI may be a predetermined value.
  • X DCI may be log2(X total ).
  • X DCI may be a natural number including 0.
  • the group ID may be determined based at least on the value of the DCI format field included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK information may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
  • the “last received group” means a PDSCH group that is received before the time when the terminal device 1 receives the trigger and is received in the shortest period after the time when the terminal device 1 receives the trigger. Good.
  • the base station device 3 triggers the terminal device 1 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the group ID 1
  • the terminal device 1 transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 607 and the PDSCH 608. 3 may be transmitted.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of transmitting HARQ-ACK information based on a HARQ process identifier in this embodiment.
  • the base station device 3 triggers the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or a plurality of PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ and the group ID X group using the PDCCH
  • the terminal device 1 transmits to the base station device 3 the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group to which the PDSCH having the HARQ process identifier X HARQ belongs among the one or more PDSCHs having the group ID X group. You may send it.
  • the last received group may mean a PDSCH group that is before the time when the terminal device 1 receives the trigger and has the shortest period after the time when the terminal device 1 receives the trigger. ..
  • the “last received” PDSCH for group ID 1 may be PDSCH 1007 and PDSCH 1008.
  • the'last received' PDSCH for group ID 2 may be PDSCH 1004 and PDSCH 1005.
  • the fact that the 'PDSCH belongs with HARQ process identifiers X HARQ' may mean a PDSCH successive groups is a group ID of PDSCH with HARQ process identifiers X HARQ. For example, in the case of PDSCH 1007 whose X HARQ is 4, PDSCH 1007 may belong to the group of PDSCH 1007 and PDSCH 1008 whose group ID is 1.
  • the base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010.
  • the terminal device 1 may transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 1007 having the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the PDSCH 1008 belonging to the group to which the PDSCH 1007 belongs to the base station device 3.
  • the base station apparatus 3 triggers the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ and the group ID X group using the PDCCH,
  • the terminal device 1 cannot receive the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ and/or the group ID X group transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 May set NACK and transmit it to the base station apparatus 3.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Further, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter or may be notified by using a DCI format.
  • X NACK may be 1, 2 or a number 1704 or less.
  • the base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010.
  • the terminal device 1 sets NACK for the number of X NACK bits, The NACK may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
  • the base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010.
  • the terminal device 1 can receive the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 1008 that has not existed may be set to NACK, and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 1007 and the NACK may be transmitted to base station apparatus 3.
  • the base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010.
  • the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 1007 with X HARQ of 4, but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 1008 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 receives the X NACK.
  • NACK for the number of bits may be set and the NACK may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
  • the base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010.
  • the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 1008, but cannot receive the PDSCH 1007 whose X HARQ is 4 transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 receives the X NACK bit. It is also possible to set a number of NACKs and transmit the NACKs to the base station apparatus 3.
  • the terminal device 1 does not have to expect that the same HARQ process identifier is assigned to one or more PDSCHs belonging to the same group.
  • the terminal device 1 may expect that different HARQ process identifiers are assigned to one or more PDSCHs belonging to the same group.
  • the terminal device 1 uses the PDCCH to trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ , the terminal device 1 determines that the HARQ Part or all of the HARQ-ACK information included in the PUCCH to which the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH having the process identifier X HARQ is transmitted may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
  • the PDCCH transmitted by the base station apparatus 3 for the trigger may not include the group ID.
  • the terminal device 1 uses the PDCCH to trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ .
  • the terminal device 1 determines that the HARQ Part or all of the HARQ-ACK information included in the HARQ-ACK codebook in which the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH having the process identifier X HARQ is transmitted may be transmitted to the base station apparatus 3.
  • the PDCCH transmitted by the base station apparatus 3 for the trigger may not include the group ID.
  • the terminal device 1 triggers May be set to 0, and HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or a plurality of PDSCHs belonging to the X group included between the slot receiving the trigger and the X range slot before may be transmitted.
  • the slot in which the trigger is received is set to 0, and the period from the slot in which the trigger is received to the X range slot before is called the HARQ-ACK reporting range.
  • the X range may be directly notified to the terminal device 1 using a DCI format field. Alternatively , X range may be one or more values of higher layer parameters.
  • One or more values included in the upper layer parameter may be selected by a DCI format field.
  • the terminal device 1 may transmit only HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs belonging to the X group included in the HARQ-ACK report range. Further, the terminal device 1 transmits HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs belonging to the X group included in the HARQ-ACK report range, and does not belong to the X group included in the HARQ-ACK report range 1 HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs may be transmitted as NACK.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of HARQ-ACK reports in the HARQ-ACK report range in the present embodiment.
  • the base station device 3 sets the group ID 1 and the number of slots X range 4 indicating the HARQ-ACK report range using the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 710, and triggers the HARQ-ACK report to the terminal device 1. ..
  • the terminal device 1 having received the PDCCH 710 determines the HARQ-ACK report range 711. Further, the terminal device 1 transmits, to the base station device 3, HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 707 and PDSCH 708 whose group ID included in the HARQ-ACK report range 711 is 1.
  • the terminal device 1 sets the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 705 whose group ID is not 1 to NACK, and the HARQ corresponding to the PDSCH 707 and PDSCH 708 whose group ID is 1.
  • -It may be transmitted in addition to the ACK information.
  • the arrangement order of the bits for the HARQ-ACK information transmitted by the terminal device 1 may be the time order. For example, when the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 707 is ACK and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 708 is ACK, the terminal device 1 transmits the HARQ-ACK information in the order of ⁇ NACK, ACK, ACK ⁇ . You may report it.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 710 to set the group ID 1, the value X range 4 for selecting the HARQ-ACK reporting range in the upper layer parameters, and the terminal apparatus 1 to report the HARQ-ACK. Trigger.
  • the terminal device 1 uses the value X range 4 for selecting the HARQ-ACK report range as an index of the upper layer parameter 713, and determines the value 6 indicated by the index 4 as the HARQ-ACK report range 712. Further, the terminal device 1 transmits, to the base station device 3, HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 702, PDSCH 707, and PDSCH 708 whose group ID included in the HARQ-ACK report range 712 is 1.
  • the terminal device 1 sets HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 704 and PDSCH 705 whose group ID is not 1 to NACK, and supports PDSCH 707 and PDSCH 708 whose group ID is 1. It may be transmitted in addition to the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the arrangement order of the bits for the HARQ-ACK information transmitted by the terminal device 1 may be the time order.
  • the terminal device 1 HARQ-ACK information may be reported in the order of ⁇ ACK, NACK, NACK, ACK, ACK ⁇ .
  • the base station device 3 instructs the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range and the group ID X group using the PDCCH. Triggered, and the terminal device 1 could not receive the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ-ACK report range X range and/or the group ID X group which the base station device 3 transmitted to the terminal device 1.
  • the terminal apparatus 1 may transmit the NACK by setting the amount of the NACK bit number X NACK to the base station apparatus 3.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format.
  • X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the PDCCH 710 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range 4 and the group ID X group 1. 1 and the terminal device 1 cannot receive the PDSCH 707 and PDSCH 708 transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 sets NACK for the number of X NACK bits. However, the NACK may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the PDCCH 710 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range 4 and the group ID X group 1. 1 and the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 707 included in the HARQ-ACK report range but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 708 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 May transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 707 to base station apparatus 3.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the PDCCH 710 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range 4 and the group ID X group 1. 1 and the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 707 included in the HARQ-ACK report range but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 708 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 May set HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 708 that could not be received to NACK, and transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 707 and the NACK to base station apparatus 3.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the PDCCH 710 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range 4 and the group ID X group 1. 1 and the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 707 included in the HARQ-ACK report range but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 708 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 May set NACK for the number of X NACK bits and transmit the NACK to the base station apparatus 3.
  • the terminal device 1 transmits one or more PDSCHs having the group ID of the X group triggered by the base station device 3 by the base station device 3. It may be considered as done.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the field of the DCI format included in the PDCCH to set the slot that received the PDCCH to 0, and to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH received before the X indicate slot, the terminal apparatus When triggered to 1, the terminal device 1 may transmit the HARQ-ACK information associated with the PUCCH that has transmitted the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH received in the slot before X indication .
  • the'HARQ-ACK information related to PUCCH' may mean a part or all of HARQ-ACK information transmitted on the PUCCH.
  • One or more PDSCHs for HARQ-ACK information related to the PUCCH may have the same group ID or different group IDs.
  • the X indicator may be directly notified to the terminal device 1 using a DCI format field.
  • Xindicate may be one or more values of higher layer parameters.
  • One or more values included in the upper layer parameter may be selected by a DCI format field.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an example of a method of transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH of the designated slot in the present embodiment.
  • the base station apparatus 3 sends the HARQ-ACK report to the terminal apparatus 1 based on at least the value 4 of Xindicate indicating the slot in which the PDSCH that is the target of the HARQ-ACK report is received using the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 810.
  • the terminal apparatus 1 which has received the PDCCH810, select the PDSCH805 received in the previous X Indicate 4 slots, and HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH805, associated with PUCCH806 that has transmitted the HARQ-ACK information HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 804 and the base station apparatus 3 may be transmitted.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 810 to notify the terminal apparatus 1 of the HARQ-ACK based on at least the value 4 of Xindicate indicating the slot in which the PDSCH for which HARQ-ACK information is reported is received.
  • the terminal device 1 that has received the PDCCH 810 selects the value 6 indicated by the X indicator 4 as the index of the upper layer parameter 813, and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 802 received 6 slots before, HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 801 related to PUCCH 803 that has transmitted the HARQ-ACK information may be transmitted to base station apparatus 3.
  • the base station device 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH to set the slot that received the PDCCH to 0, and relates to the PUCCH that transmitted the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH received before the X indicate slot. Trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit some or all of the HARQ-ACK information, and the terminal device 1 cannot receive the PDSCH before the X indicate slot transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1. and if the terminal apparatus 1 may transmit the NACK to the base station apparatus 3 sets the minute NACK bit number X NACK.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Further, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter or may be notified by using a DCI format.
  • X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 810 to set the slot that received the PDCCH 810 to 0, and relates to the PUCCH that transmitted the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH received 4 slots before X indicate. to trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit some or HARQ-ACK information of the whole, and the terminal device 1, the X Indicate 4 slot before receiving the PDSCH805 the base station apparatus 3 has transmitted to the terminal device 1
  • the terminal device 1 may set NACK for the number of X NACK bits and transmit the NACK to the base station device 3.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter or may be notified by using a DCI format.
  • X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH to set the slot in which the PDCCH is received to 0, and transmits HARQ-ACK information related to the PUCCH transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 before the X indicate slot.
  • the terminal device 1 may transmit a part or all of HARQ-ACK information included in the PUCCH transmitted before the X indicate slot.
  • One or more PDSCHs for one or more HARQ-ACK information included in the PUCCH may have the same group ID or different group IDs.
  • the X indicator may be directly notified to the terminal device 1 using a DCI format field.
  • Xindicate may be one or more values of higher layer parameters.
  • One or more values included in the upper layer parameter may be selected by a DCI format field.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a method of transmitting HARQ-ACK information included in the PUCCH of the designated slot in the present embodiment.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 910 to set the slot in which the PDCCH 910 was received to 0, and transmits HARQ-ACK information related to the PUCCH 906 transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 three slots before X indicate.
  • the terminal device 1 selects the PUCCH 906 transmitted 3 slots before the X indicate , and outputs the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 904 and/or PDSCH 905 included in the PUCCH 906 to the base station device. 3 may be transmitted.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 910 to set the slot in which the PDCCH 910 is received to 0, and the terminal apparatus 1 is set to the previous slot based on at least the value of the upper layer parameter indicated by the X indicator 3.
  • the terminal device 1 selects the value 5 indicated by X indicator as the index of the upper layer parameter 913, and transmits 5 slots before.
  • HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 901 and/or PDSCH 902 included in PUCCH 903 may be transmitted to base station apparatus 3.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH to set the slot in which the PDCCH is received to 0, and transmits HARQ-ACK information related to the PUCCH transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 before the X indicate slot.
  • the terminal device 1 sets NACK for the number of bits of X NACK.
  • the NACK may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format.
  • X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
  • the base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH to set the slot that received the PDCCH to 0, and relates to the PUCCH transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 to the previous slot corresponding to the value based on X indicator.
  • the terminal device 1 determines the number of X NACK bits.
  • NACK minutes may be set and transmitted to the base station device 3.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format.
  • X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
  • the terminal apparatus 1 may transmit a NACK to the base station apparatus 3.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format.
  • X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
  • the terminal apparatus 1 may transmit NACK to the base station apparatus 3.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value.
  • the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format.
  • X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
  • the PDCCH may include a DCI format field that specifies a PUCCH resource for reporting the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the group ID may be notified to the terminal device 1 using the DCI format field included in the PDCCH.
  • the group ID may be notified to the terminal apparatus 1 based on at least the CCE index to which the PDCCH is mapped.
  • the CCE index may be the first CCE index to which the PDCCH is mapped or the last CCE index to which the PDCCH is mapped.
  • the group ID may be ⁇ first CCE index mod X total ⁇ .
  • X total may be the total number of groups. Further, X total may be a predetermined value.
  • the group ID may be ⁇ floor (last CCE index/X total ) ⁇ .
  • the group ID may be notified to the terminal device 1 based on at least the index of CORESET that detected the PDCCH.
  • the group ID may be ⁇ index MOD X total of CORESET detecting PDCCH ⁇ .
  • the group ID may be ⁇ floor(index of CORESET detecting PDCCH/X total ) ⁇ .
  • the base station device 3 triggers the transmission of HARQ-ACK information using the PDCCH, even if the terminal device 1 is notified of the group ID based on at least the index of the search region set (search space set) in which the PDCCH is detected.
  • the group ID may be ⁇ index mod X total of the search area set in which the PDCCH is detected ⁇ . Further, the group ID may be ⁇ floor(index of search area set in which PDCCH is detected/X total ) ⁇ .
  • the base station apparatus 3 When the base station apparatus 3 triggers the transmission of HARQ-ACK information using the PDCCH, the base station apparatus 3 notifies the terminal apparatus 1 of the group ID based on at least the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH (PUCCH resource indicator). Good.
  • the PUCCH resource indicator may indicate the PUCCH resource of the PUCCH that transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the trigger.
  • the group ID may be ⁇ PUCCH resource indicator value mod X total ⁇ .
  • the group ID may be ⁇ floor(value of PUCCH resource indicator/X total ) ⁇ .
  • a first aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which includes one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and one or more consecutive PDSCHs having a second group ID.
  • Second PDSCH and a receiving unit that receives the second PDCCH instructing the transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the HARQ-ACK information according to the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH.
  • the group ID corresponding to the PDSCH is element 1, element 2, element 3, element 4, element 5, element 6, element 7, and part of element 8 Or given at least based on everything,
  • the element 1 is a CCE index of a first PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH,
  • the element 2 is an index of a control resource set of the first PDCCH,
  • the element 3 is an index of the search region set of the first PDCCH,
  • the element 4 is a HARQ process identifier of the first PDSCH,
  • the element 5 is a slot index of the first PDSCH,
  • the element 6 is a value indicated by a PUCCH resource indicator field included in the DCI format included in the first PDCCH,
  • the element 7 is an index of a resource block given to the PDSCH,
  • the element 8 is the value of the third field of the DCI format included in the first PDCCH.
  • a second aspect of the present embodiment is a terminal device, which includes a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID.
  • a second group of contiguous one or more second PDSCHs, a third group of contiguous one or more third PDSCHs having the first group ID, and HARQ-ACK information The receiving unit that receives the second PDCCH instructing the transmission and the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH is transmitted. If the second field of the included DCI format indicates the first group ID, the first to third groups having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field.
  • a transmitting unit that transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more third PDSCHs that belong to the third group, the first PDSCH before the second PDSCH. And the third PDSCH is received later than the second PDSCH.
  • a third aspect of the present embodiment is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of groups, a receiving unit that receives a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and a second PDCCH. If the value of the first field of the included DCI format triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates a group ID, the second And a transmitter for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the field of FIG. It is composed of one or more continuous PDSCHs.
  • a fourth aspect of the present embodiment is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a receiving unit which receives a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PDSCHs.
  • a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for PDSCH of the first PUCCH is transmitted, and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier is received, and the HARQ process identifier is All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted together with the HARQ-ACK information for the used PDSCH are transmitted on the second PUCCH.
  • a fifth aspect of the present embodiment is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a receiving unit which receives a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PDSCHs.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information is provided on the first PUCCH, and the second PDCCH indicating the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information including the HARQ process identifier is received.
  • the plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is transmitted in a second PUCCH.
  • a sixth aspect of the present embodiment is a base station apparatus, which is one or a plurality of consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a consecutive one having a second group ID.
  • a transmitting unit that transmits one or more second PDSCHs, a second PDCCH that instructs transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the HARQ according to the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH.
  • the group ID corresponding to the PDSCH is element 1, element 2, element 3, element 4, element 5, element 6, element 7, and part of element 8 Or given at least based on everything,
  • the element 1 is a CCE index of a first PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH,
  • the element 2 is an index of a control resource set of the first PDCCH,
  • the element 3 is an index of the search region set of the first PDCCH,
  • the element 4 is a HARQ process identifier of the first PDSCH,
  • the element 5 is a slot index of the first PDSCH,
  • the element 6 is a value indicated by a PUCCH resource indicator field included in the DCI format included in the first PDCCH,
  • the element 7 is an index of a resource block given to the PDSCH,
  • the element 8 is the value of the third field of the DCI format included in the first PDCCH.
  • a seventh aspect of the present embodiment is a base station device, which includes a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. A second group of contiguous one or more second PDSCHs with the same, a third group of contiguous one or more third PDSCHs with the first group ID, and HARQ-ACK information. And a transmitter for transmitting a second PDCCH instructing transmission of the HARQ-ACK information according to the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and the second PDCCH.
  • the first group ID When the first group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the above, the first group ID has the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the first to third groups.
  • a receiving unit that receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more third PDSCHs that belong to a third group, the first PDSCH being greater than the second PDSCH. Transmitted earlier, the third PDSCH is transmitted later than the second PDSCH.
  • An eighth aspect of the present embodiment is a base station device, which includes a plurality of groups, a transmission unit that transmits a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH. If the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates a group ID, A receiving unit for receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the field 2 in the above, each of the plurality of groups having the same group ID. Is configured by one or more consecutive PDSCHs having
  • a ninth aspect of the present embodiment is a base station device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a transmission unit that transmits a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and A receiving unit for receiving a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for a plurality of PDSCHs on a first PUCCH, transmitting a second PDCCH instructing reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier, and transmitting the HARQ process identifiers. All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received together with the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH used for are received on the second PUCCH.
  • a tenth aspect of the present embodiment is a base station apparatus, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a transmission unit that transmits a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and A second PDCCH that includes a HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for a plurality of PDSCHs is received on the first PUCCH, and a second PDCCH that indicates reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier is received. Then, the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is received in the second PUCCH.
  • a program that operates in the base station device 3 and the terminal device 1 according to the present invention controls a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and the like (functions a computer so as to realize the functions of the above-described embodiments related to the present invention. Program).
  • the information handled by these devices is temporarily stored in RAM (Random Access Memory) during processing, and then stored in various ROMs such as Flash ROM (Read Only Memory) and HDD (Hard Disk Drive). If necessary, the CPU reads, corrects and writes.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • ROMs Read Only Memory
  • HDD Hard Disk Drive
  • the terminal device 1 and a part of the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiment may be realized by a computer.
  • the program for realizing the control function may be recorded in a computer-readable recording medium, and the program recorded in the recording medium may be read by a computer system and executed.
  • the “computer system” mentioned here is a computer system built in the terminal device 1 or the base station device 3, and includes an OS and hardware such as peripheral devices.
  • the “computer-readable recording medium” refers to a portable medium such as a flexible disk, a magneto-optical disk, a ROM, a CD-ROM, or a storage device such as a hard disk built in a computer system.
  • the "computer-readable recording medium” means a program that dynamically holds a program for a short time, such as a communication line when the program is transmitted through a network such as the Internet or a communication line such as a telephone line.
  • a volatile memory inside a computer system that serves as a server or a client, which holds a program for a certain period of time may be included.
  • the program may be for realizing a part of the above-described functions, and may be a program for realizing the above-mentioned functions in combination with a program already recorded in the computer system.
  • the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiment can be realized as an aggregate (device group) composed of a plurality of devices.
  • Each of the devices forming the device group may include a part or all of the functions or function blocks of the base station device 3 according to the above-described embodiment. It suffices that each device group has one or more functions or each functional block of the base station device 3.
  • the terminal device 1 according to the above-described embodiment can also communicate with the base station device as an aggregate.
  • the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiments may be EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and/or NG-RAN (Next Gen RAN, NR RAN). Further, the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiment may have a part or all of the functions of the upper node with respect to the eNodeB and/or the gNB.
  • EUTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • NG-RAN Next Gen RAN, NR RAN
  • part or all of the terminal device 1 and the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiments may be realized as an LSI which is typically an integrated circuit, or may be realized as a chip set.
  • Each functional block of the terminal device 1 and the base station device 3 may be individually made into a chip, or a part or all of them may be integrated and made into a chip.
  • the method of circuit integration is not limited to LSI, and may be realized by a dedicated circuit or a general-purpose processor.
  • a technique for forming an integrated circuit that replaces LSI appears with the progress of semiconductor technology, it is also possible to use an integrated circuit according to the technique.
  • the terminal device is described as an example of the communication device, but the present invention is not limited to this, a stationary type electronic device installed indoors or outdoors, or a non-movable electronic device,
  • terminal devices or communication devices such as AV equipment, kitchen equipment, cleaning/laundry equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other household appliances.

Abstract

According to the present invention, an efficient communication can be performed. Included are: a receiving unit which receives one or a plurality of first PDSCHes including a first group ID in succession, one or a plurality of second PDSCHes including a second group ID in succession, and a second PDCCH that instructs the transmission of HARQ-ACK information; and a transmission unit in which the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information is triggered by a value of a first field of a DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and which transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or plurality of PDSCHes including the same group ID in succession as a group ID indicated by a second field among the one or plurality of first PDSCHes in succession and the one or plurality of second PDSCHes in succession, when the first or second group ID is indicated by means of the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH.

Description

端末装置、基地局装置、および、通信方法Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
 本発明は、端末装置、基地局装置、および、通信方法に関する。本願は、2019年2月14日に日本に出願された特願2019-24515号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 The present invention relates to a terminal device, a base station device, and a communication method. The present application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-24515 filed in Japan on February 14, 2019, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 セルラー移動通信の無線アクセス方式および無線ネットワーク(以下、「Long Term Evolution (LTE)」、または、「EUTRA:Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access」と称する。)が、第三世代パートナーシッププロジェクト(3GPP:3rd Generation Partnership Project)において検討されている。LTEにおいて、基地局装置はeNodeB(evolved NodeB)、端末装置はUE(User Equipment)とも呼称される。LTEは、基地局装置がカバーするエリアをセル状に複数配置するセルラー通信システムである。単一の基地局装置は複数のサービングセルを管理してもよい。 Cellular mobile communication radio access scheme and a radio network (hereinafter, "Long Term Evolution (LTE)", or. Where: referred to as "EUTRA Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access") is a third generation partnership project (3GPP: 3 rd Generation Partnership Project). In LTE, a base station device is also called an eNodeB (evolved NodeB) and a terminal device is also called a UE (User Equipment). LTE is a cellular communication system in which a plurality of areas covered by a base station device are arranged in cells. A single base station device may manage a plurality of serving cells.
 3GPPでは、国際電気通信連合(ITU:International Telecommunication Union)が策定する次世代移動通信システムの規格であるIMT(International Mobile Telecommunication)―2020に提案するため、次世代規格(NR:New Radio)の検討が行われている(非特許文献1)。NRは、単一の技術の枠組みにおいて、eMBB(enhanced Mobile BroadBand)、mMTC(massive Machine Type Communication)、URLLC(Ultra Reliable and Low Latency Communication)の3つのシナリオを想定した要求を満たすことが求められている。 In 3GPP, the next-generation standard (NR: New Radio) is examined in order to propose it to IMT (International Mobile Telecommunication)-2020, which is a standard for the next-generation mobile communication system established by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Is performed (Non-Patent Document 1). NR is required to meet the requirements of three scenarios of eMBB (enhanced Mobile BroadBand), mMTC (massive Machine Type Communication), and URLLC (Ultra Reliable and Low Latency Communication) in a single technology framework. There is.
 本発明の一態様は、効率的に通信を行う端末装置、該端末装置に用いられる通信方法、効率的に通信を行う基地局装置、該基地局装置に用いられる通信方法を提供する。 One aspect of the present invention provides a terminal device that performs efficient communication, a communication method used in the terminal device, a base station device that performs efficient communication, and a communication method used in the base station device.
 (1)本発明の第1の態様は、端末装置であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信する受信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信する送信部と、を備える。 (1) A first aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, in which one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and one consecutive PDSCH having a second group ID or A receiving unit for receiving a plurality of second PDSCHs and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the HARQ-ACK according to the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH. If the transmission of information is triggered and the first or second group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, then the continuous one or more first PDSCHs Transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the one or more consecutive second PDSCHs. And a transmitter.
 (2)本発明の第2の態様は、端末装置であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHの第1のグループと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHの第2のグループと、前記第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHの第3のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信する受信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1のグループIDが示される場合、前記第1から第3のグループのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ前記第3のグループに属する前記連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信する送信部と、を備え、前記第1のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも前に受信され、前記第3のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも後に受信される。 (2) A second aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which has a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. Transmission of a second group of consecutive one or more second PDSCHs, a third group of consecutive one or more third PDSCHs having said first group ID, and HARQ-ACK information And a receiving unit that receives a second PDCCH that indicates that the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information is triggered by the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and is included in the second PDCCH. When the first group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format, the third group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the first to third groups. A transmitting unit for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more consecutive third PDSCHs belonging to the first PDSCH, wherein the first PDSCH precedes the second PDSCH. And the third PDSCH is received later than the second PDSCH.
 (3)本発明の第3の態様は、端末装置であって、複数のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信する受信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによってグループIDが示される場合、前記第2のフィールドによって示されたグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ最後に受信されたグループに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信する送信部と、を備え、 前記複数のグループのそれぞれは、同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHによって構成される。 (3) A third aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of groups, a receiving unit that receives a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH. If the value of the first field of the DCI format to be transmitted triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates the group ID, A transmission unit for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the field, and each of the plurality of groups has the same group ID It is configured by one or more consecutive PDSCHs.
 (4)本発明の第4の態様は、端末装置であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを受信する受信部と、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第1のPUCCHで送信する送信部を備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報と一緒に送信された全ての前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで送信する。 (4) A fourth aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a receiving unit that receives a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PSCHs. A second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier, the second PDCCH including a transmission unit for transmitting a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH on the first PUCCH, and using the HARQ process identifier. All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted together with the HARQ-ACK information for the obtained PDSCH are transmitted on the second PUCCH.
 (5)本発明の第5の態様は、端末装置であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを受信する受信部と、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を含むHARQ-ACK codebookを第1のPUCCHで送信する送信部を備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報を含む前記HARQ-ACK codebookで送信された前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで送信する。 (5) A fifth aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a reception unit which receives a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PDCCHs. A second PDCCH which includes a HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH and which transmits the HARQ-ACK information is received on the first PUCCH; The plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is transmitted in a second PUCCH.
 (6)本発明の第6の態様は、基地局装置であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信する送信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信する受信部と、を備える。 (6) A sixth aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, which includes one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and one consecutive PDSCH having a second group ID. Alternatively, a plurality of second PDSCHs, a transmitter for transmitting a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and a value of a first field of a DCI format included in the second PDCCH may be used for the HARQ- If the transmission of ACK information is triggered and the first or second group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, the one or more consecutive first PDSCHs. And receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the one or more consecutive second PDSCHs. And a receiving unit that operates.
 (7)本発明の第7の態様は、基地局装置であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHの第1のグループと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHの第2のグループと、前記第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHの第3のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信する送信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1のグループIDが示される場合、前記第1から第3のグループのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ前記第3のグループに属する前記連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信する受信部と、を備え、前記第1のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも前に送信され、前記第3のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも後に送信される。 (7) A seventh aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, which includes a first group of one or a plurality of consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. A second group of contiguous one or more second PDSCHs, a third group of contiguous one or more third PDSCHs having the first group ID, and HARQ-ACK information A transmission unit that transmits a second PDCCH that instructs transmission, and a value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH triggers transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH is transmitted. If the second field of the included DCI format indicates the first group ID, the first to third groups having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field. A receiving unit that receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more third PDSCHs that belong to the third group, the first PDSCH before the second PDSCH. And the third PDSCH is transmitted later than the second PDSCH.
 (8)本発明の第8の態様は、基地局装置であって、複数のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信する送信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによってグループIDが示される場合、前記第2のフィールドによって示されたグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ最後に受信されたグループに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信する受信部と、を備え、前記複数のグループのそれぞれは、同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHによって構成される。 (8) An eighth aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, which includes a plurality of groups, a transmission unit which transmits a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH. If the value of the first field of the included DCI format triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates a group ID, the second A receiving unit for receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the field of each of the plurality of groups, each of the plurality of groups having the same group ID. It is composed of one or more continuous PDSCHs.
 (9)本発明の第9の態様は、基地局装置であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを送信する送信部と、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第1のPUCCHで受信する受信部を備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の受信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報と一緒に受信された全ての前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで受信する。 (9) A ninth aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, including a plurality of first PDCCHs, a transmission unit that transmits a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PSCHs. A plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH of the first PUCCH is received, and a second PDCCH instructing reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier is transmitted, and the HARQ process identifier is All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received together with the HARQ-ACK information for the used PDSCH are received on the second PUCCH.
 (10)本発明の第10の態様は、基地局装置であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを送信する送信部と、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を含むHARQ-ACK codebookを第1のPUCCHで受信する受信部を備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の受信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報を含む前記HARQ-ACK codebookで受信された前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで受信する。 (10) A tenth aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a transmitter that transmits a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and the plurality of PDCCHs. The receiving unit for receiving the HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH of the first PUCCH is received, and the second PDCCH for receiving the HARQ-ACK information including the HARQ process identifier is received. , The plurality of HARQ-ACK information received in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is received in a second PUCCH.
 (11)本発明の第11の態様は、端末装置に用いられる通信方法であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信するステップと、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信するステップと、を備える。 (11) An eleventh aspect of the present invention is a communication method used for a terminal device, which has one or more continuous first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. Receiving one or more consecutive second PDSCHs and a second PDCCH indicating the transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH. When the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information is triggered and the first or second group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, the continuous one or more first The HARQ-ACK corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among one PDSCH and the one or more consecutive second PDSCHs. Transmitting the information.
 (12)本発明の第12の態様は、端末装置に用いられる通信方法であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHの第1のグループと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHの第2のグループと、前記第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHの第3のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信するステップと、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1のグループIDが示される場合、前記第1から第3のグループのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ前記第3のグループに属する前記連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信するステップと、を備え、前記第1のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも前に受信し処理され、前記第3のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも後に受信し処理される。 (12) A twelfth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used for a terminal device, comprising: a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID; HARQ with a second group of contiguous one or more second PDSCHs having a group ID of 1 to 3 and a third group of contiguous one or more third PDSCHs having the first group ID. Receiving a second PDCCH indicating the transmission of ACK information, and transmitting the HARQ-ACK information according to a value of a first field of a DCI format included in the second PDCCH, When the first group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the PDCCH of, the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field is selected from the first to third groups. Transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more consecutive third PDSCHs belonging to the third group, the first PDSCH being greater than the second PDSCH. Is received and processed before, and the third PDSCH is received and processed after the second PDSCH.
 (13)本発明の第13の態様は、端末装置に用いられる通信方法であって、複数のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信するステップと、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによってグループIDが示される場合、前記第2のフィールドによって示されたグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ最後に受信されたグループに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信するステップと、を備え、前記複数のグループのそれぞれは、同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHによって構成される。 (13) A thirteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used for a terminal device, comprising: receiving a plurality of groups and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information; If the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the PDCCH of the above triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates the group ID, Transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field, each of the plurality of groups being the same group. It is composed of one or more consecutive PDSCHs having an ID.
 (14)本発明の第14の態様は、端末装置に用いられる通信方法であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを受信するステップと、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第1のPUCCHで送信するステップを備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報と一緒に送信された全ての前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで送信する。 (14) A fourteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a terminal device, comprising: receiving a plurality of first PDCCHs and receiving a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs. , Transmitting a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the plurality of PDSCHs on a first PUCCH, receiving a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier, and receiving the HARQ process. All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted together with the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the identifier are transmitted on the second PUCCH.
 (15)本発明の第15の態様は、端末装置に用いられる通信方法であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを受信するステップと、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を含むHARQ-ACK codebookを第1のPUCCHで送信するステップを備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報を含む前記HARQ-ACK codebookで送信された前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで送信する。 (15) A fifteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a terminal device, comprising: receiving a plurality of first PDCCHs and receiving a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs. , A step of transmitting a HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the plurality of PDSCHs on a first PUCCH, and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier. The plurality of HARQ-ACK information received and transmitted in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is transmitted on the second PUCCH.
 (16)本発明の第16の態様は、基地局装置に用いられる通信方法であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信するステップと、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信するステップと、を備える。 (16) A sixteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used for a base station device, which comprises one or a plurality of consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. Transmitting one or more continuous second PDSCHs and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and a value of a first field of a DCI format included in the second PDCCH Triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the first or second group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, the continuous one or more The HARQ-corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the first PDSCH and the consecutive one or more second PDSCHs. Transmitting ACK information.
 (17)本発明の第17の態様は、基地局装置に用いられる通信方法であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHの第1のグループと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHの第2のグループと、前記第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHの第3のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信するステップと、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1のグループIDが示される場合、前記第1から第3のグループのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ前記第3のグループに属する前記連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信するステップと、を備え、前記第1のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも前に送信され、前記第3のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも後に送信される。 (17) A seventeenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a base station device, comprising: a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID; A second group of consecutive one or more second PDSCHs having a group ID of 2, and a third group of consecutive one or more third PDSCHs having the first group ID, Transmitting a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and triggering transmission of the HARQ-ACK information according to a value of a first field of a DCI format included in the second PDCCH, When the first group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the first to third groups. Receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more third PDSCHs in a row belonging to the third group having the first PDSCH, the first PDSCH being the second PDSCH. And the third PDSCH is transmitted earlier than the second PDSCH.
 (18)本発明の第18の態様は、基地局装置に用いられる通信方法であって、複数のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信するステップと、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによってグループIDが示される場合、前記第2のフィールドによって示されたグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ最後に受信されたグループに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信するステップと、を備え、前記複数のグループのそれぞれは、同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHによって構成される。 (18) An eighteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a base station apparatus, comprising: transmitting a plurality of groups and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information; When the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information is triggered by the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and the group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH. Receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field, each of the plurality of groups being the same. It is composed of one or more consecutive PDSCHs having a group ID.
 (19)本発明の第19の態様は、基地局装置に用いられる通信方法であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを送信するステップと、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第1のPUCCHで受信するステップを備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の受信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報と一緒に受信された全ての前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで受信する。 (19) A nineteenth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a base station device, comprising: a step of transmitting a plurality of first PDCCHs and a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs. And receiving a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the plurality of PDSCHs on the first PUCCH, transmitting a second PDCCH indicating a reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier, and transmitting the HARQ. All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received together with the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the process identifier are received on the second PUCCH.
 (20)本発明の第20の態様は、基地局装置に用いられる通信方法であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを送信するステップと、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を含むHARQ-ACK codebookを第1のPUCCHで受信するステップを備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の受信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報を含む前記HARQ-ACK codebookで受信された前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで受信する。 (20) A twentieth aspect of the present invention is a communication method used in a base station apparatus, comprising a step of transmitting a plurality of first PDCCHs and a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs. And a step of receiving HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for the plurality of PDSCHs on the first PUCCH, and a second PDCCH instructing reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier. And the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH in which the HARQ process identifier is used is received in the second PUCCH.
 この発明の一態様によれば、端末装置は効率的に通信を行うことができる。また、基地局装置は効率的に通信を行うことができる。 According to one aspect of the present invention, the terminal device can efficiently perform communication. In addition, the base station device can efficiently perform communication.
本実施形態の一態様に係る無線通信システムの概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram of the radio|wireless communications system which concerns on 1 aspect of this embodiment. 本実施形態の一態様に係るNslot symb、サブキャリア間隔の設定μ、スロット設定、および、CP設定の関係を示す一例である。7 is an example showing a relationship among N slot symb , subcarrier interval setting μ, slot setting, and CP setting according to an aspect of the present embodiment. 本実施形態の一態様に係るサブフレームにおけるリソースグリッドの一例を示す概略図である。It is a schematic diagram showing an example of a resource grid in a subframe concerning one mode of this embodiment. 本実施形態の一態様に係る端末装置1の構成を示す概略ブロック図である。It is a schematic block diagram which shows the structure of the terminal device 1 which concerns on 1 aspect of this embodiment. 本実施形態の一態様に係る基地局装置3の構成を示す概略ブロック図である。It is a schematic block diagram which shows the structure of the base station apparatus 3 which concerns on the one aspect|mode of this embodiment. 本実施形態におけるグループ化された1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信する一例を示した図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs that are grouped in the present embodiment. 本実施形態において、HARQ-ACK報告範囲におけるHARQ-ACK報告の一例を示した図である。In this embodiment, it is the figure which showed an example of the HARQ-ACK report in the HARQ-ACK report range. 本実施形態において、指示されたスロットのPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信する方法の一例を示した図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of a method of transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to a PDSCH of a designated slot in the present embodiment. 本実施形態において、指示されたスロットのPUCCHに含まれるHARQ-ACK情報を送信する方法の一例を示した図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of a method of transmitting HARQ-ACK information included in a PUCCH of a designated slot in the present embodiment. 本実施形態におけるHARQプロセス識別子に基づくHARQ-ACK情報を送信する一例を示した図である。It is a figure showing an example of transmitting HARQ-ACK information based on a HARQ process identifier in this embodiment.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について説明する。 An embodiment of the present invention will be described below.
 “A、および/または、B”は、“A”、“B”、または“AおよびB”を含む用語であってもよい。 “A and/or B” may be terms that include “A”, “B”, or “A and B”.
 パラメータまたは情報が1つまたは複数の値を示すことは、該パラメータまたは該情報が該1つまたは複数の値を示すパラメータまたは情報を少なくとも含むことであってもよい。上位層パラメータは、単一の上位層パラメータであってもよい。上位層パラメータは、複数のパラメータを含む情報要素(IE: Information Element)であってもよい。 The parameter or information indicating one or more values may be that the parameter or information at least includes the parameter or information indicating the one or more values. The upper layer parameter may be a single upper layer parameter. The upper layer parameter may be an information element (IE: Information Element) that includes multiple parameters.
 図1は、本実施形態の一態様に係る無線通信システムの概念図である。図1において、無線通信システムは、端末装置1A~1C、および基地局装置3を具備する。以下、端末装置1A~1Cを端末装置1とも呼称する。 FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram of a wireless communication system according to an aspect of the present embodiment. In FIG. 1, the wireless communication system includes terminal devices 1A to 1C and a base station device 3. Hereinafter, the terminal devices 1A to 1C are also referred to as the terminal device 1.
 基地局装置3は、MCG(Master Cell Group)、および、SCG(Secondary Cell Group)の一方または両方を含んで構成されてもよい。MCGは、少なくともPCell(Primary Cell)を含んで構成されるサービングセルのグループである。SCGは、少なくともPSCell(Primary Secondary Cell)を含んで構成されるサービングセルのグループである。PCellは、初期接続に基づき与えられるサービングセルであってもよい。MCGは、1または複数のSCell(Secondary Cell)を含んで構成されてもよい。SCGは、1または複数のSCellを含んで構成されてもよい。サービングセル識別子(serving cell identity)は、サービングセルを識別するための短い識別子である。サービングセル識別子は、上位層パラメータにより与えられてもよい。 The base station device 3 may be configured to include one or both of an MCG (Master Cell Group) and an SCG (Secondary Cell Group). The MCG is a group of serving cells configured to include at least a PCell (Primary Cell). The SCG is a group of serving cells configured to include at least PSCell (Primary Secondary Cell). The PCell may be a serving cell provided based on the initial connection. The MCG may be configured to include one or more SCells (Secondary Cells). The SCG may be configured to include one or more SCells. The serving cell identifier (serving cell identity) is a short identifier for identifying the serving cell. The serving cell identifier may be given by an upper layer parameter.
 以下、フレーム構成について説明する。 The following describes the frame structure.
 本実施形態の一態様に係る無線通信システムにおいて、OFDM(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex)が少なくとも用いられる。OFDMシンボルは、OFDMの時間領域の単位である。OFDMシンボルは、少なくとも1または複数のサブキャリア(subcarrier)を含む。OFDMシンボルは、ベースバンド信号生成において時間連続信号(time-continuous signal)に変換されもよい。 At least OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex) is used in the wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present embodiment. An OFDM symbol is a time domain unit of OFDM. An OFDM symbol includes at least one or more subcarriers. The OFDM symbol may be converted into a time-continuous signal in baseband signal generation.
 サブキャリア間隔(SCS: SubCarrier Spacing)は、サブキャリア間隔Δf=2μ・15kHzにより与えられてもよい。例えば、サブキャリア間隔の設定(subcarrier spacing configuration)μは0、1、2、3、4、および/または、5の何れかに設定されてもよい。あるBWP(BandWidth Part)のために、サブキャリア間隔の設定μが上位層パラメータにより与えられてもよい。 The subcarrier spacing (SCS: SubCarrier Spacing) may be given by the subcarrier spacing Δf=2 μ ·15 kHz. For example, the subcarrier spacing configuration μ may be set to any of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and/or 5. For a certain BWP (Band Width Part), the subcarrier spacing setting μ may be given by an upper layer parameter.
 本実施形態の一態様に係る無線通信システムにおいて、時間領域の長さの表現のために時間単位(タイムユニット)Tが用いられる。時間単位Tは、T=1/(Δfmax・N)で与えられてもよい。Δfmaxは、本実施形態の一態様に係る無線通信システムにおいてサポートされるサブキャリア間隔の最大値であってもよい。Δfmaxは、Δfmax=480kHzであってもよい。Nは、N=4096であってもよい。定数κは、κ=Δfmax・N/(Δfreff,ref)=64である。Δfrefは、15kHzであってもよい。Nf,refは、2048であってもよい。 In the wireless communication system according to the aspect of the present embodiment, a time unit (time unit) T c is used for expressing the length of the time domain. The time unit T c may be given by T c =1/(Δf max ·N f ). Δf max may be the maximum value of the subcarrier interval supported in the wireless communication system according to the aspect of the present embodiment. Δf max may be Δf max =480 kHz. N f may be N f =4096. The constant κ is κ=Δf max ·N f /(Δf ref N f,ref )=64. Δf ref may be 15 kHz. N f,ref may be 2048.
 定数κは、参照サブキャリア間隔とTの関係を示す値であってもよい。定数κはサブフレームの長さのために用いられてもよい。定数κに少なくとも基づき、サブフレームに含まれるスロットの数が与えられてもよい。Δfrefは、参照サブキャリア間隔であり、Nf,refは、参照サブキャリア間隔に対応する値である。 The constant κ may be a value indicating the relationship between the reference subcarrier interval and T c . The constant κ may be used for the subframe length. The number of slots included in the subframe may be given based at least on the constant κ. Δf ref is a reference subcarrier interval, and N f,ref is a value corresponding to the reference subcarrier interval.
 下りリンクにおける送信、および/または、上りリンクにおける送信は、10msのフレームにより構成される。フレームは、10個のサブフレームを含んで構成される。サブフレームの長さは1msである。フレームの長さは、サブキャリア間隔Δfに関わらず与えられてもよい。つまり、フレームの設定はμに関わらず与えられてもよい。サブフレームの長さは、サブキャリア間隔Δfに関わらず与えられてもよい。つまり、サブフレームの設定はμに関わらず与えられてもよい。 -Transmission on the downlink and/or transmission on the uplink is composed of a 10 ms frame. The frame is configured to include 10 subframes. The subframe length is 1 ms. The frame length may be given regardless of the subcarrier spacing Δf. That is, the frame setting may be given regardless of μ. The length of the subframe may be given regardless of the subcarrier spacing Δf. That is, the subframe setting may be given regardless of μ.
 あるサブキャリア間隔の設定μのために、サブフレームに含まれるスロットの数とインデックスが与えられてもよい。例えば、第1のスロット番号nμ は、サブフレーム内において0からNsubframe,μ slot-1の範囲で昇順に与えられてもよい。サブキャリア間隔の設定μのために、フレームに含まれるスロットの数とインデックスが与えられてもよい。例えば、第2のスロット番号nμ s,fは、フレーム内において0からNframe,μ slot-1の範囲で昇順に与えられてもよい。連続するNslot symb個のOFDMシンボルが1つのスロットに含まれてもよい。Nslot symbは、スロット設定(slot configuration)、および/または、CP(Cyclic Prefix)設定の一部または全部に少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。スロット設定は、少なくとも上位層パラメータtdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommonにより与えられてもよい。CP設定は、上位層パラメータに少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。CP設定は、専用RRCシグナリングに少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。第1のスロット番号および第2のスロット番号は、スロット番号(スロットインデックス)とも呼称される。 For some subcarrier spacing setting μ, the number and index of slots contained in a subframe may be given. For example, the first slot number n μ s may be given in ascending order within the range of 0 to N subframe, μ slot −1 in the subframe . For the setting μ of the subcarrier spacing, the number of slots included in the frame and the index may be given. For example, the second slot numbers n μ s,f may be given in ascending order within the range of 0 to N frame,μ slot −1 in the frame . Consecutive N slot symb OFDM symbols may be included in one slot. The N slot symb may be given based at least on part or all of the slot configuration and/or the CP (Cyclic Prefix) setting. The slot settings may be given at least by the upper layer parameter tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon. CP settings may be provided based at least on higher layer parameters. CP settings may be provided based at least on dedicated RRC signaling. The first slot number and the second slot number are also referred to as slot numbers (slot index).
 図2は、本実施形態の一態様に係るNslot symb、サブキャリア間隔の設定μ、スロット設定、および、CP設定の関係を示す一例である。図2Aにおいて、スロット設定が0であり、サブキャリア間隔の設定μが2であり、CP設定がノーマルCP(normal cyclic prefix)である場合、Nslot symb=14、Nframe,μ slot=40、Nsubframe,μ slot=4である。また、図2Bにおいて、スロット設定が0であり、サブキャリア間隔の設定μが2であり、CP設定が拡張CP(extended cyclic prefix)である場合、Nslot symb=12、Nframe,μ slot=40、Nsubframe,μ slot=4である。スロット設定0におけるNslot symbは、スロット設定1におけるNslot symbの2倍に対応してもよい。 FIG. 2 is an example showing a relationship among N slot symb , subcarrier interval setting μ, slot setting, and CP setting according to an aspect of the present embodiment. In FIG. 2A, when the slot setting is 0, the subcarrier spacing setting μ is 2, and the CP setting is a normal CP (normal cyclic prefix), N slot symb =14, N frame, μ slot =40, N subframe, μ slot =4. Further, in FIG. 2B, when the slot setting is 0, the subcarrier spacing setting μ is 2, and the CP setting is an extended CP (extended cyclic prefix), N slot symb =12, N frame, μ slot = 40, N subframe, μ slot =4. The N slot symb in slot setting 0 may correspond to twice the N slot symb in slot setting 1.
 以下、物理リソースについて説明を行う。 The physical resources are explained below.
 アンテナポートは、1つのアンテナポートにおいてシンボルが伝達されるチャネルが、同一のアンテナポートにおいてその他のシンボルが伝達されるチャネルから推定できることによって定義される。1つのアンテナポートにおいてシンボルが伝達されるチャネルの大規模特性(large scale property)が、もう一つのアンテナポートにおいてシンボルが伝達されるチャネルから推定できる場合、2つのアンテナポートはQCL(Quasi Co-Located)であると呼称される。大規模特性は、チャネルの長区間特性を少なくとも含んでもよい。大規模特性は、遅延拡がり(delay spread)、ドップラー拡がり(Doppler spread)、ドップラーシフト(Doppler shift)、平均利得(average gain)、平均遅延(average delay)、および、ビームパラメータ(spatial Rx parameters)の一部または全部を少なくとも含んでもよい。第1のアンテナポートと第2のアンテナポートがビームパラメータに関してQCLであるとは、第1のアンテナポートに対して受信側が想定する受信ビームと第2のアンテナポートに対して受信側が想定する受信ビームとが同一であることであってもよい。第1のアンテナポートと第2のアンテナポートがビームパラメータに関してQCLであるとは、第1のアンテナポートに対して受信側が想定する送信ビームと第2のアンテナポートに対して受信側が想定する送信ビームとが同一であることであってもよい。端末装置1は、1つのアンテナポートにおいてシンボルが伝達されるチャネルの大規模特性が、もう一つのアンテナポートにおいてシンボルが伝達されるチャネルから推定できる場合、2つのアンテナポートはQCLであることが想定されてもよい。2つのアンテナポートがQCLであることは、2つのアンテナポートがQCLであることが想定されることであってもよい。 ㆍAn antenna port is defined by the fact that the channel on which symbols are transmitted on one antenna port can be estimated from the channel on which other symbols are transmitted on the same antenna port. If the large scale property of the channel through which the symbol is transmitted in one antenna port can be estimated from the channel in which the symbol is transmitted at the other antenna port, the two antenna ports are QCL (Quasi Co-Located). ) Is called. The large-scale characteristic may include at least a long-term characteristic of the channel. Large-scale characteristics include delay spread (delay spread), Doppler spread (Doppler spread), Doppler shift (Doppler shift), average gain (average gain), average delay (average delay), and beam parameters (spatial Rx parameters). You may include at least one part or all. That the first antenna port and the second antenna port are QCL with respect to the beam parameter means that the receiving beam assumed by the receiving side for the first antenna port and the receiving beam assumed by the receiving side for the second antenna port. And may be the same. That the first antenna port and the second antenna port are QCL with respect to the beam parameters means that the transmission beam assumed by the reception side for the first antenna port and the transmission beam assumed by the reception side for the second antenna port. And may be the same. In the terminal device 1, when the large-scale characteristic of the channel in which the symbol is transmitted in one antenna port can be estimated from the channel in which the symbol is transmitted in the other antenna port, it is assumed that the two antenna ports are QCL. May be done. The fact that the two antenna ports are QCL may mean that the two antenna ports are assumed to be QCL.
 サブキャリア間隔の設定とキャリアのセットのそれぞれのために、Nμ RB,xRB sc個のサブキャリアとN(μ) symbsubframe,μ symb個のOFDMシンボルのリソースグリッドが与えられる。Nμ RB,xは、キャリアxのためのサブキャリア間隔の設定μのために与えられるリソースブロック数を示してもよい。Nμ RB,xは、キャリアxのためのサブキャリア間隔の設定μのために与えられるリソースブロックの最大数であってもよい。キャリアxは下りリンクキャリアまたは上りリンクキャリアの何れかを示す。つまり、xは“DL”、または、“UL”である。Nμ RBは、Nμ RB,DL、および/または、Nμ RB,ULを含んだ呼称である。NRB scは、1つのリソースブロックに含まれるサブキャリア数を示してもよい。アンテナポートpごとに、および/または、サブキャリア間隔の設定μごとに、および/または、送信方向(Transmission direction)の設定ごとに少なくとも1つのリソースグリッドが与えられてもよい。送信方向は、少なくとも下りリンク(DL:DownLink)および上りリンク(UL:UpLink)を含む。以下、アンテナポートp、サブキャリア間隔の設定μ、および、送信方向の設定の一部または全部を少なくとも含むパラメータのセットは、第1の無線パラメータセットとも呼称される。つまり、リソースグリッドは、第1の無線パラメータセットごとに1つ与えられてもよい。 A resource grid of N μ RB,x N RB sc subcarriers and N (μ) symb N subframe, μsymb OFDM symbols is provided for each subcarrier spacing setting and carrier set, respectively. N μ RB,x may indicate the number of resource blocks provided for setting μ of the subcarrier spacing for carrier x. N μ RB,x may be the maximum number of resource blocks provided for setting μ of the subcarrier spacing for carrier x. The carrier x indicates either a downlink carrier or an uplink carrier. That is, x is “DL” or “UL”. N μ RB is a name including N μ RB, DL and/or N μ RB, UL . N RB sc may indicate the number of subcarriers included in one resource block. At least one resource grid may be provided for each antenna port p, and/or for each subcarrier spacing setting μ, and/or for each transmission direction setting. The transmission direction includes at least a downlink (DL: DownLink) and an uplink (UL: UpLink). Hereinafter, the set of parameters including at least part or all of the antenna port p, the subcarrier spacing setting μ, and the setting of the transmission direction is also referred to as a first wireless parameter set. That is, one resource grid may be provided for each first wireless parameter set.
 下りリンクにおいて、サービングセルに含まれるキャリアを下りリンクキャリア(または、下りリンクコンポーネントキャリア)と称する。上りリンクにおいて、サービングセルに含まれるキャリアを上りリンクキャリア(上りリンクコンポーネントキャリア)と称する。下りリンクコンポーネントキャリア、および、上りリンクコンポーネントキャリアを総称して、コンポーネントキャリア(または、キャリア)と称する。 In the downlink, the carrier included in the serving cell is called the downlink carrier (or downlink component carrier). In the uplink, a carrier included in the serving cell is called an uplink carrier (uplink component carrier). The downlink component carrier and the uplink component carrier are generically called a component carrier (or carrier).
 第1の無線パラメータセットごとに与えられるリソースグリッドの中の各要素は、リソースエレメントと呼称される。リソースエレメントは周波数領域のインデックスkscと、時間領域のインデックスlsymにより特定される。ある第1の無線パラメータセットのために、リソースエレメントは周波数領域のインデックスkscと、時間領域のインデックスlsymにより特定される。周波数領域のインデックスkscと時間領域のインデックスlsymにより特定されるリソースエレメントは、リソースエレメント(ksc、lsym)とも呼称される。周波数領域のインデックスkscは、0からNμ RBRB sc-1の何れかの値を示す。Nμ RBはサブキャリア間隔の設定μのために与えられるリソースブロック数であってもよい。NRB scは、リソースブロックに含まれるサブキャリア数であり、NRB sc=12である。周波数領域のインデックスkscは、サブキャリアインデックスkscに対応してもよい。時間領域のインデックスlsymは、OFDMシンボルインデックスlsymに対応してもよい。 Each element in the resource grid provided for each first radio parameter set is called a resource element. The resource element is specified by the index ksc in the frequency domain and the index lsym in the time domain. For a certain first radio parameter set, the resource element is specified by the frequency domain index k sc and the time domain index l sym . The resource element specified by the frequency domain index ksc and the time domain index lsym is also referred to as a resource element ( ksc , lsym ). The frequency domain index k sc indicates any value from 0 to N μ RB N RB sc −1. N μ RB may be the number of resource blocks provided for setting μ of the subcarrier spacing. N RB sc is the number of subcarriers included in the resource block, and N RB sc =12. The frequency domain index ksc may correspond to the subcarrier index ksc . The time domain index l sym may correspond to the OFDM symbol index l sym .
 図3は、本実施形態の一態様に係るサブフレームにおけるリソースグリッドの一例を示す概略図である。図3のリソースグリッドにおいて、横軸は時間領域のインデックスlsymであり、縦軸は周波数領域のインデックスkscである。1つのサブフレームにおいて、リソースグリッドの周波数領域はNμ RBRB sc個のサブキャリアを含む。1つのサブフレームにおいて、リソースグリッドの時間領域は14・2μ個のOFDMシンボルを含んでもよい。1つのリソースブロックは、NRB sc個のサブキャリアを含んで構成される。リソースブロックの時間領域は、1OFDMシンボルに対応してもよい。リソースブロックの時間領域は、14OFDMシンボルに対応してもよい。リソースブロックの時間領域は、1または複数のスロットに対応してもよい。リソースブロックの時間領域は、1つのサブフレームに対応してもよい。 FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a resource grid in a subframe according to an aspect of the present embodiment. In the resource grid of FIG. 3, the horizontal axis is the time domain index l sym , and the vertical axis is the frequency domain index k sc . In one subframe, the frequency domain of the resource grid includes N μ RB N RB sc subcarriers. In one subframe, the time domain of the resource grid may include 14.2 μ OFDM symbols. One resource block is configured to include N RB sc subcarriers. The time domain of the resource block may correspond to one OFDM symbol. The time domain of the resource block may correspond to 14 OFDM symbols. The time domain of the resource block may correspond to one or more slots. The time domain of the resource block may correspond to one subframe.
 端末装置1は、リソースグリッドのサブセットのみを用いて送受信を行うことが指示されてもよい。リソースグリッドのサブセットは、BWPとも呼称され、BWPは上位層パラメータ、および/または、DCIの一部または全部に少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。BWPをバンドパートとも称する(BP:bandwidth part)。つまり、端末装置1は、リソースグリッドのすべてのセットを用いて送受信を行なうことが指示されなくてもよい。つまり、端末装置1は、リソースグリッド内の一部の周波数リソースを用いて送受信を行なうことが指示されてもよい。1つのBWPは、周波数領域における複数のリソースブロックから構成されてもよい。1つのBWPは、周波数領域において連続する複数のリソースブロックから構成されてもよい。下りリンクキャリアに対して設定されるBWPは、下りリンクBWPとも呼称される。上りリンクキャリアに対して設定されるBWPは、上りリンクBWPとも呼称される。 The terminal device 1 may be instructed to perform transmission/reception using only a subset of the resource grid. A subset of the resource grid is also referred to as BWP, which may be provided based at least on upper layer parameters and/or some or all of the DCI. BWP is also called a band part (BP: bandwidth part). That is, the terminal device 1 may not be instructed to perform transmission/reception using all the sets of the resource grid. That is, the terminal device 1 may be instructed to perform transmission/reception by using some frequency resources in the resource grid. One BWP may be composed of a plurality of resource blocks in the frequency domain. One BWP may be composed of a plurality of consecutive resource blocks in the frequency domain. The BWP set for the downlink carrier is also called the downlink BWP. The BWP set for the uplink carrier is also referred to as the uplink BWP.
 端末装置1に対して、1または複数の下りリンクBWPが設定されてもよい。端末装置1は、1または複数の下りリンクBWPのうちの1つの下りリンクBWPにおいて物理チャネル(例えば、PDCCH、PDSCH、SS/PBCH等)の受信を試みてもよい。該1つの下りリンクBWPは、活性化下りリンクBWPとも呼称される。 One or more downlink BWPs may be set for the terminal device 1. The terminal device 1 may try to receive a physical channel (for example, PDCCH, PDSCH, SS/PBCH, etc.) in one downlink BWP of one or a plurality of downlink BWPs. The one downlink BWP is also referred to as an activated downlink BWP.
 端末装置1に対して、1または複数の上りリンクBWPが設定されてもよい。端末装置1は、1または複数の上りリンクBWPのうちの1つの上りリンクBWPにおいて物理チャネル(例えば、PUCCH、PUSCH、PRACH等)の送信を試みてもよい。該1つの上りリンクBWPは、活性化上りリンクBWPとも呼称される。 One or more uplink BWPs may be set for the terminal device 1. The terminal device 1 may attempt transmission of a physical channel (for example, PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, etc.) in one uplink BWP of one or a plurality of uplink BWPs. The one uplink BWP is also referred to as an activated uplink BWP.
 サービングセルのそれぞれに対して下りリンクBWPのセットが設定されてもよい。下りリンクBWPのセットは1または複数の下りリンクBWPを含んでもよい。サービングセルのそれぞれに対して上りリンクBWPのセットが設定されてもよい。上りリンクBWPのセットは1または複数の上りリンクBWPを含んでもよい。 A downlink BWP set may be set for each serving cell. The set of downlink BWPs may include one or more downlink BWPs. A set of uplink BWP may be set for each of the serving cells. The set of uplink BWPs may include one or more uplink BWPs.
 上位層パラメータは、上位層の信号に含まれるパラメータである。上位層の信号は、RRC(Radio Resource Control)シグナリングであってもよいし、MAC CE(Medium Access Control Control Element)であってもよい。ここで、上位層の信号は、RRC層の信号であってもよいし、MAC層の信号であってもよい。 The upper layer parameter is a parameter included in the signal of the upper layer. The upper layer signal may be RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling or MAC CE (Medium Access Control Control Element). Here, the upper layer signal may be an RRC layer signal or a MAC layer signal.
 上位層の信号は、共通RRCシグナリング(common RRC signaling)であってもよい。共通RRCシグナリングは、以下の特徴C1から特徴C3の一部または全部を少なくとも備えてもよい。
特徴C1)BCCHロジカルチャネル、または、CCCHロジカルチャネルにマップされる
特徴C2)radioResourceConfigCommon情報要素を少なくとも含む
特徴C3)PBCHにマップされる
The upper layer signal may be common RRC signaling. The common RRC signaling may include at least some or all of the following features C1 to C3.
Feature C1) BCCH Logical Channel or Feature C2 mapped to CCCH Logical Channel C2) Feature C3) Mapped to PBCH that contains at least the radioResourceConfigCommon information element.
 radioResourceConfigCommon情報要素は、サービングセルにおいて共通に用いられる設定を示す情報を含んでもよい。サービングセルにおいて共通に用いられる設定は、PRACHの設定を少なくとも含んでもよい。該PRACHの設定は、1または複数のランダムアクセスプリアンブルインデックスを少なくとも示してもよい。該PRACHの設定は、PRACHの時間/周波数リソースを少なくとも示してもよい。 The radioResourceConfigCommon information element may include information indicating the settings commonly used in the serving cell. The setting commonly used in the serving cells may include at least the PRACH setting. The PRACH setting may indicate at least one or a plurality of random access preamble indexes. The PRACH configuration may at least indicate PRACH time/frequency resources.
 上位層の信号は、専用RRCシグナリング(dedicated RRC signaling)であってもよい。専用RRCシグナリングは、以下の特徴D1からD2の一部または全部を少なくとも備えてもよい。
特徴D1)DCCHロジカルチャネルにマップされる
特徴D2)radioResourceConfigDedicated情報要素を少なくとも含む
The upper layer signal may be dedicated RRC signaling. The dedicated RRC signaling may include at least some or all of the following features D1 to D2.
Feature D1) feature D2) mapped to DCCH logical channel at least including radioResourceConfigDedicated information element
 radioResourceConfigDedicated情報要素は、端末装置1に固有の設定を示す情報を少なくとも含んでもよい。radioResourceConfigDedicated情報要素は、BWPの設定を示す情報を少なくとも含んでもよい。該BWPの設定は、該BWPの周波数リソースを少なくとも示してもよい。 The radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may include at least information indicating a setting unique to the terminal device 1. The radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may include at least information indicating the setting of BWP. The BWP settings may at least indicate frequency resources of the BWP.
 例えば、MIB、第1のシステム情報、および、第2のシステム情報は共通RRCシグナリングに含まれてもよい。また、DCCHロジカルチャネルにマップされ、且つ、radioResourceConfigCommonを少なくとも含む上位層のメッセージは、共通RRCシグナリングに含まれてもよい。また、DCCHロジカルチャネルにマップされ、且つ、radioResourceConfigCommon情報要素を含まない上位層のメッセージは、専用RRCシグナリングに含まれてもよい。また、DCCHロジカルチャネルにマップされ、且つ、radioResourceConfigDedicated情報要素を少なくとも含む上位層のメッセージは、専用RRCシグナリングに含まれてもよい。 For example, the MIB, the first system information, and the second system information may be included in the common RRC signaling. In addition, a higher layer message that is mapped to the DCCH logical channel and that includes at least radioResourceConfigCommon may be included in the common RRC signaling. Also, an upper layer message that is mapped to the DCCH logical channel and does not include the radioResourceConfigCommon information element may be included in the dedicated RRC signaling. In addition, a higher-layer message that is mapped to the DCCH logical channel and that includes at least the radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may be included in the dedicated RRC signaling.
 第1のシステム情報は、SS(Synchronization Signal)ブロックの時間インデックスを少なくとも示してもよい。SSブロック(SS block)は、SS/PBCHブロック(SS/PBCH block)とも呼称される。SS/PBCHブロックは、SS/PBCHとも呼称される。第1のシステム情報は、PRACHリソースに関連する情報を少なくとも含んでもよい。第1のシステム情報は、初期接続の設定に関連する情報を少なくとも含んでもよい。第2のシステム情報は、第1のシステム情報以外のシステム情報であってもよい。 The first system information may at least indicate the time index of the SS (Synchronization Signal) block. The SS block is also called an SS/PBCH block. The SS/PBCH block is also called SS/PBCH. The first system information may include at least information related to PRACH resources. The first system information may include at least information related to setting up an initial connection. The second system information may be system information other than the first system information.
 radioResourceConfigDedicated情報要素は、PRACHリソースに関連する情報を少なくとも含んでもよい。radioResourceConfigDedicated情報要素は、初期接続の設定に関連する情報を少なくとも含んでもよい。 The radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may include at least information related to the PRACH resource. The radioResourceConfigDedicated information element may include at least information related to the setting of the initial connection.
 以下、本実施形態の種々の態様に係る物理チャネルおよび物理シグナルを説明する。 Hereinafter, physical channels and physical signals according to various aspects of this embodiment will be described.
 上りリンク物理チャネルは、上位層において発生する情報を運ぶリソースエレメントのセットに対応してもよい。上りリンク物理チャネルは、上りリンクキャリアにおいて用いられる物理チャネルである。本実施形態の一態様に係る無線通信システムにおいて、少なくとも下記の一部または全部の上りリンク物理チャネルが用いられる。
・PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control CHannel)
・PUSCH(Physical Uplink Shared CHannel)
・PRACH(Physical Random Access CHannel)
The uplink physical channel may correspond to a set of resource elements that carry information occurring in higher layers. The uplink physical channel is a physical channel used in the uplink carrier. In the wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present embodiment, at least some or all of the following uplink physical channels are used.
・PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control CHannel)
・PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared CHannel)
・PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel)
 PUCCHは、上りリンク制御情報(UCI:Uplink Control Information)を送信するために用いられてもよい。上りリンク制御情報は、チャネル状態情報(CSI:Channel State Information)、スケジューリングリクエスト(SR:Scheduling Request)、トランスポートブロック(TB:Transport block, MAC PDU:Medium Access Control Protocol Data Unit, DL-SCH:Downlink-Shared Channel, PDSCH:Physical Downlink Shared Channel)に対応するHARQ-ACK(Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledgement)の一部または全部を含む。 PUCCH may be used to transmit uplink control information (UCI: Uplink Control Information). The uplink control information includes channel state information (CSI:ChannelStateInformation), scheduling request (SR:SchedulingRequest), transport block (TB:Transport block,  MAC PDU:MediumAccess Control Protocol Protocol DataUnit,  DL-SCH:Downlink -Includes part or all of HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACK knowledge) corresponding to Shared Channel, PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared Channel).
 HARQ-ACKは、1つのトランスポートブロックに少なくとも対応するHARQ-ACKビットを少なくとも含んでもよい。HARQ-ACKビットは、1または複数のトランスポートブロックに対応するACK(acknowledgement)またはNACK(negative-acknowledgement)を示してもよい。HARQ-ACKは、1または複数のHARQ-ACKビットを含むHARQ-ACKコードブックを少なくとも含んでもよい。HARQ-ACKビットが1または複数のトランスポートブロックに対応することは、HARQ-ACKビットが該1または複数のトランスポートブロックを含むPDSCHに対応することであってもよい。HARQ-ACKビットは、トランスポートブロックに含まれる1つのCBG(Code Block Group)に対応するACKまたはNACKを示してもよい。 HARQ-ACK may include at least HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to at least one transport block. The HARQ-ACK bit may indicate ACK (acknowledgement) or NACK (negative-acknowledgement) corresponding to one or more transport blocks. HARQ-ACK may include at least a HARQ-ACK codebook including one or more HARQ-ACK bits. The HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to one or a plurality of transport blocks may be that the HARQ-ACK bit corresponds to a PDSCH including the one or a plurality of transport blocks. The HARQ-ACK bit may indicate ACK or NACK corresponding to one CBG (Code Block Group) included in the transport block.
 スケジューリングリクエスト(SR:Scheduling Request)は、初期送信のためのPUSCHのリソースを要求するために少なくとも用いられてもよい。スケジューリングリクエストビットは、正のSR(positive SR)または、負のSR(negative SR)の何れかを示すために用いられてもよい。スケジューリングリクエストビットが正のSRを示すことは、“正のSRが送信される”とも呼称される。正のSRは、端末装置1によって初期送信のためのPUSCHのリソースが要求されることを示してもよい。正のSRは、上位層によりスケジューリングリクエストがトリガ(Trigger)されることを示してもよい。正のSRは、上位層によりスケジューリングリクエストを送信することが指示された場合に、送信されてもよい。スケジューリングリクエストビットが負のSRを示すことは、“負のSRが送信される”とも呼称される。負のSRは、端末装置1によって初期送信のためのPUSCHのリソースが要求されないことを示してもよい。負のSRは、上位層によりスケジューリングリクエストがトリガーされないことを示してもよい。負のSRは、上位層によりスケジューリングリクエストを送信することが指示されない場合に、送信されてもよい。 -A scheduling request (SR:SchedulingRequest) may be used at least to request a PUSCH resource for initial transmission. The scheduling request bit may be used to indicate either a positive SR (positive SR) or a negative SR (negative SR). The fact that the scheduling request bit indicates a positive SR is also referred to as “a positive SR is transmitted”. The positive SR may indicate that the terminal device 1 requests PUSCH resources for initial transmission. A positive SR may indicate that the scheduling request is triggered by the upper layer. The positive SR may be transmitted when instructed to transmit the scheduling request by the upper layer. The fact that the scheduling request bit indicates a negative SR is also referred to as “a negative SR is transmitted”. The negative SR may indicate that the PUSCH resource for initial transmission is not requested by the terminal device 1. A negative SR may indicate that the scheduling request is not triggered by higher layers. A negative SR may be sent if higher layers do not indicate to send a scheduling request.
 チャネル状態情報は、チャネル品質指標(CQI:Channel Quality Indicator)、プレコーダ行列指標(PMI:Precoder Matrix Indicator)、および、ランク指標(RI:Rank Indicator)の一部または全部を少なくとも含んでもよい。CQIは、チャネルの品質(例えば、伝搬強度)に関連する指標であり、PMIは、プレコーダを指示する指標である。RIは、送信ランク(または、送信レイヤ数)を指示する指標である。 The channel state information may include at least part or all of the channel quality index (CQI: Channel Quality Indicator), the precoder matrix index (PMI: Precoder Matrix Indicator), and the rank index (RI: Rank Indicator). CQI is an index related to channel quality (for example, propagation strength), and PMI is an index indicating a precoder. The RI is an index indicating the transmission rank (or the number of transmission layers).
 PUCCHは、PUCCHフォーマット(PUCCHフォーマット0からPUCCHフォーマット4)をサポートする。PUCCHフォーマットは、PUCCHにマップされて送信されてもよい。PUCCHフォーマットは、PUCCHで送信されてもよい。PUCCHフォーマットが送信されることは、PUCCHが送信されることであってもよい。 PUCCH supports PUCCH format (PUCCH format 0 to PUCCH format 4). The PUCCH format may be mapped to the PUCCH and transmitted. The PUCCH format may be transmitted on the PUCCH. Transmitting the PUCCH format may be transmitting the PUCCH.
 PUSCHは、トランスポートブロック(TB, MAC PDU, UL-SCH, PUSCH)を送信するために少なくとも用いられる。PUSCHは、トランスポートブロック、HARQ-ACK、チャネル状態情報、および、スケジューリングリクエストの一部または全部を少なくとも送信するために用いられてもよい。PUSCHは、ランダムアクセスメッセージ3を送信するために少なくとも用いられる。 PUSCH is used at least for transmitting transport blocks (TB, MAC PDU, UL-SCH, PUSCH). PUSCH may be used to transmit at least some or all of transport blocks, HARQ-ACKs, channel state information, and scheduling requests. PUSCH is used at least for transmitting the random access message 3.
 PRACHは、ランダムアクセスプリアンブル(ランダムアクセスメッセージ1)を送信するために少なくとも用いられる。PRACHは、初期コネクション確立(initial connection establishment)プロシージャ、ハンドオーバプロシージャ、コネクション再確立(connection re-establishment)プロシージャ、PUSCHの送信に対する同期(タイミング調整)、およびPUSCHのためのリソースの要求の一部または全部を示すために少なくとも用いられてもよい。ランダムアクセスプリアンブルは、端末装置1の上位層より与えられるインデックス(ランダムアクセスプリアンブルインデックス)を基地局装置3に通知するために用いられてもよい。 PRACH is used at least for transmitting the random access preamble (random access message 1). The PRACH is an initial connection establishment procedure, a handover procedure, a connection re-establishment procedure, synchronization for PUSCH transmission (timing adjustment), and a part or all of the resource request for the PUSCH. May be used at least to indicate The random access preamble may be used to notify the base station device 3 of an index (random access preamble index) given by the upper layer of the terminal device 1.
 図1において、上りリンクの無線通信では、以下の上りリンク物理シグナルが用いられる。上りリンク物理シグナルは、上位層から出力された情報を送信するために使用されなくてもよいが、物理層によって使用される。
・UL DMRS(UpLink Demodulation Reference Signal)
・SRS(Sounding Reference Signal)
・UL PTRS(UpLink Phase Tracking Reference Signal)
In FIG. 1, the following uplink physical signals are used in uplink wireless communication. The uplink physical signal is used by the physical layer, although it may not be used to transmit the information output from the upper layer.
・UL DMRS (UpLink Demodulation Reference Signal)
・SRS (Sounding Reference Signal)
・UL PTRS (UpLink Phase Tracking Reference Signal)
 UL DMRSは、PUSCH、および/または、PUCCHの送信に関連する。UL DMRSは、PUSCHまたはPUCCHと多重される。基地局装置3は、PUSCHまたはPUCCHの伝搬路補正を行なうためにUL DMRSを使用してよい。以下、PUSCHと、該PUSCHに関連するUL DMRSを共に送信することを、単に、PUSCHを送信する、と称する。以下、PUCCHと該PUCCHに関連するUL DMRSを共に送信することを、単に、PUCCHを送信する、と称する。PUSCHに関連するUL DMRSは、PUSCH用UL DMRSとも称される。PUCCHに関連するUL DMRSは、PUCCH用UL DMRSとも称される。 UL DMRS is related to the transmission of PUSCH and/or PUCCH. UL DMRS is multiplexed with PUSCH or PUCCH. The base station device 3 may use the UL DMRS to perform the channel correction of the PUSCH or PUCCH. Hereinafter, transmitting the PUSCH and UL DMRS related to the PUSCH together is simply referred to as transmitting the PUSCH. Hereinafter, transmitting the PUCCH and the UL DMRS related to the PUCCH together is simply referred to as transmitting the PUCCH. UL DMRS related to PUSCH is also called UL DMRS for PUSCH. UL DMRS related to PUCCH is also called UL DMRS for PUCCH.
 SRSは、PUSCHまたはPUCCHの送信に関連しなくてもよい。基地局装置3は、チャネル状態の測定のためにSRSを用いてもよい。SRSは、上りリンクスロットにおけるサブフレームの最後、または、最後から所定数のOFDMシンボルにおいて送信されてもよい。 -The SRS may not be related to the transmission of PUSCH or PUCCH. The base station device 3 may use SRS for measuring the channel state. The SRS may be transmitted at the end of the subframe in the uplink slot, or at a predetermined number of OFDM symbols from the end.
 UL PTRSは、位相トラッキングのために少なくとも用いられる参照信号であってもよい。UL PTRSは、1または複数のUL DMRSに用いられるアンテナポートを少なくとも含むUL DMRSグループに関連してもよい。UL PTRSとUL DMRSグループが関連することは、UL PTRSのアンテナポートとUL DMRSグループに含まれるアンテナポートの一部または全部が少なくともQCLであることであってもよい。UL DMRSグループは、UL DMRSグループに含まれるUL DMRSにおいて最も小さいインデックスのアンテナポートに少なくとも基づき識別されてもよい。UL PTRSは、1つのコードワードがマップされる1または複数のアンテナポートにおいて、最もインデックスの小さいアンテナポートにマップされてもよい。UL PTRSは、1つのコードワードが第1のレイヤ及び第2のレイヤに少なくともマップされる場合に、該第1のレイヤにマップされてもよい。UL PTRSは、該第2のレイヤにマップされなくてもよい。UL PTRSがマップされるアンテナポートのインデックスは、下りリンク制御情報に少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。 UL PTRS may be a reference signal used at least for phase tracking. UL PTRS may be associated with a UL DMRS group that includes at least antenna ports used for one or more UL DMRSs. The association between the UL PTRS and the UL DMRS group may be that some or all of the antenna ports of the UL PTRS and the antenna ports included in the UL DMRS group are at least QCL. The UL DMRS group may be identified based on at least the antenna port with the smallest index in the UL DMRS included in the UL DMRS group. UL PTRS may be mapped to the antenna port with the smallest index in one or more antenna ports to which one codeword is mapped. The UL PTRS may be mapped to the first layer when one codeword is at least mapped to the first layer and the second layer. UL PTRS may not be mapped to the second layer. The index of the antenna port to which the UL PTRS is mapped may be given based at least on the downlink control information.
 図1において、基地局装置3から端末装置1への下りリンクの無線通信では、以下の下りリンク物理チャネルが用いられる。下りリンク物理チャネルは、上位層から出力された情報を送信するために、物理層によって使用される。
・PBCH(Physical Broadcast Channel)
・PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)
・PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared Channel)
In FIG. 1, the following downlink physical channels are used in downlink radio communication from the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1. The downlink physical channel is used by the physical layer to transmit information output from higher layers.
・PBCH (Physical Broadcast Channel)
・PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel)
・PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel)
 PBCHは、マスターインフォメーションブロック(MIB:Master Information Block, BCH, Broadcast Channel)を送信するために少なくとも用いられる。PBCHは、所定の送信間隔に基づき送信されてもよい。PBCHは、80msの間隔で送信されてもよい。PBCHは、160msの間隔で送信されてもよい。PBCHに含まれる情報の中身は、80msごとに更新されてもよい。PBCHに含まれる情報の一部または全部は、160msごとに更新されてもよい。PBCHは、288サブキャリアにより構成されてもよい。PBCHは、2、3、または、4つのOFDMシンボルを含んで構成されてもよい。MIBは、同期信号の識別子(インデックス)に関連する情報を含んでもよい。MIBは、PBCHが送信されるスロットの番号、サブフレームの番号、および/または、無線フレームの番号の少なくとも一部を指示する情報を含んでもよい。 -The PBCH is used at least for transmitting a master information block (MIB: Master Information Block, BCH, Broadcast Channel). The PBCH may be transmitted based on a predetermined transmission interval. PBCH may be transmitted at intervals of 80 ms. PBCH may be transmitted at intervals of 160 ms. The content of information included in the PBCH may be updated every 80 ms. Part or all of the information included in the PBCH may be updated every 160 ms. The PBCH may be composed of 288 subcarriers. The PBCH may be configured to include 2, 3, or 4 OFDM symbols. The MIB may include information related to the identifier (index) of the synchronization signal. The MIB may include information indicating at least a part of the slot number, the subframe number, and/or the radio frame number in which the PBCH is transmitted.
 PDCCHは、下りリンク制御情報(DCI:Downlink Control Information)の送信のために少なくとも用いられる。PDCCHは、下りリンク制御情報を少なくとも含んで送信されてもよい。PDCCHは下りリンク制御情報を含んでもよい。下りリンク制御情報は、DCIフォーマットとも呼称される。下りリンク制御情報は、下りリンクグラント(downlink grant)または上りリンクグラント(uplink grant)の何れかを少なくとも含んでもよい。PDSCHのスケジューリングのために用いられるDCIフォーマットは、下りリンクDCIフォーマットとも呼称される。PUSCHのスケジューリングのために用いられるDCIフォーマットは、上りリンクDCIフォーマットとも呼称される。下りリンクグラントは、下りリンクアサインメント(downlink assignment)または下りリンク割り当て(downlink allocation)とも呼称される。上りリンクDCIフォーマットは、DCIフォーマット0_0およびDCIフォーマット0_1の一方または両方を少なくとも含む。 The PDCCH is used at least for transmission of downlink control information (DCI: Downlink Control Information). The PDCCH may be transmitted including at least downlink control information. The PDCCH may include downlink control information. The downlink control information is also called a DCI format. The downlink control information may include at least either a downlink grant (uplink grant) or an uplink grant (uplink grant). The DCI format used for PDSCH scheduling is also referred to as downlink DCI format. The DCI format used for PUSCH scheduling is also called an uplink DCI format. The downlink grant is also referred to as a downlink assignment or a downlink allocation. The uplink DCI format includes at least one or both of DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1.
 DCIフォーマット0_0は、1Aから1Fの一部または全部を少なくとも含んで構成される。
1A)DCIフォーマット特定フィールド(Identifier for DCI formats field)
1B)周波数領域リソース割り当てフィールド(Frequency domain resource assignment field)
1C)時間領域リソース割り当てフィールド(Time domain resource assignment field)
1D)周波数ホッピングフラグフィールド(Frequency hopping flag field)
1E)MCSフィールド(MCS field: Modulation and Coding Scheme field)
1F)第1のCSIリスエストフィールド(First CSI request field)
The DCI format 0_0 includes at least part or all of 1A to 1F.
1A) Identifier for DCI formats field
1B) Frequency domain resource assignment field
1C) Time domain resource assignment field
1D) Frequency hopping flag field
1E) MCS field: Modulation and Coding Scheme field
1F) First CSI request field
 DCIフォーマット特定フィールドは、該DCIフォーマット特定フィールドを含むDCIフォーマットが1または複数のDCIフォーマットの何れに対応するかを示すために少なくとも用いられてもよい。該1または複数のDCIフォーマットは、DCIフォーマット1_0、DCIフォーマット1_1、DCIフォーマット0_0、および/または、DCIフォーマット0_1の一部または全部に少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。 The DCI format specific field may be used at least to indicate whether the DCI format including the DCI format specific field corresponds to one or a plurality of DCI formats. The one or more DCI formats may be provided based on at least some or all of DCI format 1_0, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 0_0, and/or DCI format 0_1.
 周波数領域リソース割り当てフィールドは、該周波数領域リソース割り当てフィールドを含むDCIフォーマットによりスケジューリングされるPUSCHのための周波数リソースの割り当てを示すために少なくとも用いられてもよい。周波数領域リソース割り当てフィールドは、FDRA(Frequency Domain Resource Allocation)フィールドとも呼称される。 The frequency domain resource allocation field may be used at least to indicate frequency resource allocation for the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format including the frequency domain resource allocation field. The frequency domain resource allocation field is also called an FDRA (Frequency Domain Resource Allocation) field.
 時間領域リソース割り当てフィールドは、該時間領域リソース割り当てフィールドを含むDCIフォーマットによりスケジューリングされるPUSCHのための時間リソースの割り当てを示すために少なくとも用いられてもよい。 The time domain resource allocation field may be used at least to indicate the allocation of the time resource for the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format including the time domain resource allocation field.
 周波数ホッピングフラグフィールドは、該周波数ホッピングフラグフィールドを含むDCIフォーマットによりスケジューリングされるPUSCHに対して周波数ホッピングが適用されるか否かを示すために少なくとも用いられてもよい。 The frequency hopping flag field may be used at least to indicate whether frequency hopping is applied to PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format including the frequency hopping flag field.
 MCSフィールドは、該MCSフィールドを含むDCIフォーマットによりスケジューリングされるPUSCHのための変調方式、および/または、ターゲット符号化率の一部または全部を示すために少なくとも用いられてもよい。該ターゲット符号化率は、該PUSCHのトランスポートブロックのためのターゲット符号化率であってもよい。該トランスポートブロックのサイズ(TBS: Transport Block Size)は、該ターゲット符号化率に少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。 The MCS field may be used at least to indicate the modulation scheme for the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format including the MCS field and/or a part or all of the target coding rate. The target coding rate may be a target coding rate for a transport block of the PUSCH. The size of the transport block (TBS: Transport Block Size) may be given based at least on the target coding rate.
 第1のCSIリクエストフィールドは、CSIの報告を指示するために少なくとも用いられる。第1のCSIリクエストフィールドのサイズは、所定の値であってもよい。第1のCSIリクエストフィールドのサイズは、0であってもよいし、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、3であってもよい。 The first CSI request field is used at least to indicate the CSI report. The size of the first CSI request field may be a predetermined value. The size of the first CSI request field may be 0, 1, 2, or 3.
 DCIフォーマット0_1は、2Aから2Gの一部または全部を少なくとも含んで構成される。
2A)DCIフォーマット特定フィールド
2B)周波数領域リソース割り当てフィールド
2C)時間領域リソース割り当てフィールド
2D)周波数ホッピングフラグフィールド
2E)MCSフィールド
2F)第2のCSIリクエストフィールド(Second CSI request field)
2G)BWPフィールド(BWP field)
The DCI format 0_1 includes at least part or all of 2A to 2G.
2A) DCI format specific field 2B) Frequency domain resource allocation field 2C) Time domain resource allocation field 2D) Frequency hopping flag field 2E) MCS field 2F) Second CSI request field (Second CSI request field)
2G) BWP field
 BWPフィールドは、DCIフォーマット0_1によりスケジューリングされるPUSCHがマップされる上りリンクBWPを指示するために用いられてもよい。 The BWP field may be used to indicate the uplink BWP to which the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI format 0_1 is mapped.
 第2のCSIリクエストフィールドは、CSIの報告を指示するために少なくとも用いられる。第2のCSIリクエストフィールドのサイズは、上位層のパラメータReportTriggerSizeに少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。 The second CSI request field is used at least to indicate the CSI report. The size of the second CSI request field may be given based at least on the upper layer parameter ReportTriggerSize.
 下りリンクDCIフォーマットは、DCIフォーマット1_0、および、DCIフォーマット1_1の一方または両方を少なくとも含む。 The downlink DCI format includes at least one or both of DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1.
 DCIフォーマット1_0は、3Aから3Hの一部または全部を少なくとも含んで構成される。
3A)DCIフォーマット特定フィールド(Identifier for DCI formats field)
3B)周波数領域リソース割り当てフィールド(Frequency domain resource assignment field)
3C)時間領域リソース割り当てフィールド(Time domain resource assignment field)
3D)周波数ホッピングフラグフィールド(Frequency hopping flag field)
3E)MCSフィールド(MCS field: Modulation and Coding Scheme field)
3F)第1のCSIリスエストフィールド(First CSI request field)
3G)PDSCH-to-HARQフィードバックタイミングインジケーターフィールド(PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing indicator field)
3H)PUCCHリソース指示フィールド(PUCCH resource indicator field)
The DCI format 1_0 includes at least part or all of 3A to 3H.
3A) Identifier for DCI formats field
3B) Frequency domain resource assignment field
3C) Time domain resource assignment field
3D) Frequency hopping flag field
3E) MCS field: Modulation and Coding Scheme field
3F) First CSI request field
3G) PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing indicator field
3H) PUCCH resource indicator field
 PDSCHからHARQフィードバックへのタイミング指示フィールドは、タイミングK1を示すフィールドであってもよい。PDSCHの最後のOFDMシンボルが含まれるスロットのインデックスがスロットnである場合、該PDSCHに含まれるトランスポートブロックに対応するHARQ-ACKを少なくとも含むPUCCHまたはPUSCHが含まれるスロットのインデックスはn+K1であってもよい。PDSCHの最後のOFDMシンボルが含まれるスロットのインデックスがスロットnである場合、該PDSCHに含まれるトランスポートブロックに対応するHARQ-ACKを少なくとも含むPUCCHの先頭のOFDMシンボルまたはPUSCHの先頭のOFDMシンボルが含まれるスロットのインデックスはn+K1であってもよい。 The PDSCH to HARQ feedback timing indication field may be a field indicating the timing K1. If the index of the slot including the last OFDM symbol of the PDSCH is slot n, the index of the slot including PUCCH or PUSCH including at least HARQ-ACK corresponding to the transport block included in the PDSCH is n+K1. Good. When the index of the slot including the last OFDM symbol of PDSCH is slot n, the first OFDM symbol of PUCCH or the first OFDM symbol of PUSCH including at least HARQ-ACK corresponding to the transport block included in the PDSCH is The index of the included slot may be n+K1.
 以下、PDSCH-to-HARQフィードバックタイミングインジケーターフィールド(PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field)は、HARQ指示フィールドと呼称されてもよい。 Hereinafter, the PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing indicator field (PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field) may be referred to as a HARQ instruction field.
 PUCCHリソース指示フィールドは、PUCCHリソースセットに含まれる1または複数のPUCCHリソースのインデックスを示すフィールドであってもよい。 The PUCCH resource indication field may be a field indicating an index of one or more PUCCH resources included in the PUCCH resource set.
 DCIフォーマット1_1は、4Aから4Jの一部または全部を少なくとも含んで構成される。
4A)DCIフォーマット特定フィールド(Identifier for DCI formats field)
4B)周波数領域リソース割り当てフィールド(Frequency domain resource assignment field)
4C)時間領域リソース割り当てフィールド(Time domain resource assignment field)
4D)周波数ホッピングフラグフィールド(Frequency hopping flag field)
4E)MCSフィールド(MCS field: Modulation and Coding Scheme field)
4F)第1のCSIリスエストフィールド(First CSI request field)
4G)PDSCH-to-HARQフィードバックタイミングインジケーターフィールド(PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing indicator field)
4H)PUCCHリソース指示フィールド(PUCCH resource indicator field)
4J)BWPフィールド(BWP field)
The DCI format 1_1 includes at least part or all of 4A to 4J.
4A) Identifier for DCI formats field
4B) Frequency domain resource assignment field
4C) Time domain resource assignment field
4D) Frequency hopping flag field
4E) MCS field (MCS field: Modulation and Coding Scheme field)
4F) First CSI request field
4G) PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing indicator field
4H) PUCCH resource indicator field
4J) BWP field
 BWPフィールドは、DCIフォーマット1_1によりスケジューリングされるPDSCHがマップされる下りリンクBWPを指示するために用いられてもよい。 The BWP field may be used to indicate the downlink BWP to which the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI format 1_1 is mapped.
 DCIフォーマット2_0は、1または複数のスロットフォーマットインディケータ(SFI: Slot Format Indicator)を少なくとも含んで構成されてもよい。 DCI format 2_0 may be configured to include at least one or more slot format indicators (SFI: Slot Format Indicator).
 本実施形態の種々の態様において、特別な記載のない限り、リソースブロックの数は周波数領域におけるリソースブロックの数を示す。 In various aspects of this embodiment, the number of resource blocks indicates the number of resource blocks in the frequency domain, unless otherwise specified.
 下りリンクグラントは、1つのサービングセル内の1つのPDSCHのスケジューリングのために少なくとも用いられる。 -The downlink grant is used at least for scheduling one PDSCH in one serving cell.
 上りリンクグラントは、1つのサービングセル内の1つのPUSCHのスケジューリングのために少なくとも用いられる。 -The uplink grant is used at least for scheduling one PUSCH in one serving cell.
 1つの物理チャネルは、1つのサービングセルにマップされてもよい。1つの物理チャネルは、1つのサービングセルに含まれる1つのキャリアに設定される1つのBWPにマップされてもよい。 One physical channel may be mapped to one serving cell. One physical channel may be mapped to one BWP set in one carrier included in one serving cell.
 端末装置1は、1または複数の制御リソースセット(CORESET:COntrol REsource SET)が設定されてもよい。端末装置1は、1または複数の制御リソースセットにおいてPDCCHを監視する(monitor)。ここで、1または複数の制御リソースセットにおいてPDCCHを監視することは、1または複数の制御リソースセットのそれぞれに対応する1または複数のPDCCHを監視することを含んでもよい。なお、PDCCHは、1または複数のPDCCH候補および/またはPDCCH候補のセットを含んでもよい。また、PDCCHを監視することは、PDCCH、および/または、PDCCHを介して送信されるDCIフォーマットを監視し、検出することを含んでもよい。 The terminal device 1 may have one or more control resource sets (CORESET:COntrolREsourceSET) set. The terminal device 1 monitors the PDCCH in one or a plurality of control resource sets (monitor). Here, monitoring the PDCCH in one or more control resource sets may include monitoring one or more PDCCHs corresponding to each of the one or more control resource sets. The PDCCH may include one or more PDCCH candidates and/or a set of PDCCH candidates. Also, monitoring the PDCCH may include monitoring and detecting the PDCCH and/or the DCI format transmitted over the PDCCH.
 制御リソースセットは、1または複数のPDCCHがマップされうる時間周波数領域を示してもよい。制御リソースセットは、端末装置1がPDCCHを監視する領域であってもよい。制御リソースセットは、連続的なリソース(Localized resource)により構成されてもよい。制御リソースセットは、非連続的なリソース(distributed resource)により構成されてもよい。 The control resource set may indicate a time frequency domain to which one or more PDCCHs can be mapped. The control resource set may be an area in which the terminal device 1 monitors the PDCCH. The control resource set may be composed of continuous resources (Localized resource). The control resource set may be composed of discontinuous resources.
 周波数領域において、制御リソースセットのマッピングの単位はリソースブロックであってもよい。例えば、周波数領域において、制御リソースセットのマッピングの単位は6リソースブロックであってもよい。時間領域において、制御リソースセットのマッピングの単位はOFDMシンボルであってもよい。例えば、時間領域において、制御リソースセットのマッピングの単位は1OFDMシンボルであってもよい。 -In the frequency domain, the unit of mapping of the control resource set may be a resource block. For example, in the frequency domain, the unit of control resource set mapping may be 6 resource blocks. In the time domain, the unit of control resource set mapping may be an OFDM symbol. For example, in the time domain, the unit of control resource set mapping may be one OFDM symbol.
 制御リソースセットのリソースブロックへのマッピングは、上位層パラメータに少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。該上位層パラメータは、リソースブロックのグループ(RBG:Resource Block Group)に対するビットマップを含んでもよい。該リソースブロックのグループは、6つの連続するリソースブロックにより与えられてもよい。 Mapping of control resource set to resource block may be given based at least on higher layer parameters. The upper layer parameter may include a bitmap for a group of resource blocks (RBG: Resource Block Group). The group of resource blocks may be provided by 6 consecutive resource blocks.
 制御リソースセットを構成するOFDMシンボルの数は、上位層パラメータに少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。 The number of OFDM symbols that make up the control resource set may be given based at least on upper layer parameters.
 ある制御リソースセットは、共通制御リソースセット(Common control resource set)であってもよい。共通制御リソースセットは、複数の端末装置1に対して共通に設定される制御リソースセットであってもよい。共通制御リソースセットは、MIB、第1のシステム情報、第2のシステム情報、共通RRCシグナリング、および、セルIDの一部または全部に少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。例えば、第1のシステム情報のスケジューリングのために用いられるPDCCHを監視することが設定される制御リソースセットの時間リソース、および/または、周波数リソースは、MIBに少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。 A certain control resource set may be a common control resource set. The common control resource set may be a control resource set commonly set for a plurality of terminal devices 1. The common control resource set may be provided based on at least some or all of the MIB, the first system information, the second system information, the common RRC signaling, and the cell ID. For example, the time resource and/or the frequency resource of the control resource set configured to monitor the PDCCH used for scheduling the first system information may be provided at least based on the MIB.
 MIBで設定される制御リソースセットは、CORESET#0とも呼称される。CORESET#0は、インデックス#0の制御リソースセットであってもよい。 The control resource set set by MIB is also referred to as CORESET#0. CORESET#0 may be the control resource set of index #0.
 ある制御リソースセットは、専用制御リソースセット(Dedicated control resource set)であってもよい。専用制御リソースセットは、端末装置1のために専用に用いられるように設定される制御リソースセットであってもよい。専用制御リソースセットは、専用RRCシグナリング、および、C-RNTIの値の一部または全部に少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。 A certain control resource set may be a dedicated control resource set (Dedicated control resource set). The dedicated control resource set may be a control resource set set to be exclusively used for the terminal device 1. The dedicated control resource set may be provided based at least on the dedicated RRC signaling and some or all of the values of the C-RNTI.
 端末装置1によって監視されるPDCCHの候補のセットは、探索領域の観点から定義されてもよい。つまり、端末装置1によって監視されるPDCCH候補のセットは、探索領域によって与えられてもよい。 The set of PDCCH candidates monitored by the terminal device 1 may be defined in terms of the search area. That is, the set of PDCCH candidates monitored by the terminal device 1 may be given by the search region.
 探索領域は、1または複数の集約レベル(Aggregation level)のPDCCH候補を1または複数含んで構成されてもよい。PDCCH候補の集約レベルは、該PDCCHを構成するCCEの個数を示してもよい。PDDCH候補は、1または複数のCCEにマップされてもよい。 The search area may be configured to include one or more PDCCH candidates of one or more aggregation levels. The aggregation level of PDCCH candidates may indicate the number of CCEs configuring the PDCCH. PDDCH candidates may be mapped to one or more CCEs.
 端末装置1は、DRX(Discontinuous reception)が設定されないスロットにおいて少なくとも1または複数の探索領域を監視してもよい。DRXは、上位層パラメータに少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。端末装置1は、DRXが設定されないスロットにおいて少なくとも1または複数の探索領域セット(Search space set)を監視してもよい。 The terminal device 1 may monitor at least one or a plurality of search areas in slots where DRX (Discontinuous reception) is not set. DRX may be provided based at least on higher layer parameters. The terminal device 1 may monitor at least one or a plurality of search area sets (Search space set) in slots where DRX is not set.
 探索領域セットは、1または複数の探索領域を少なくとも含んで構成されてもよい。 The search area set may be configured to include at least one or a plurality of search areas.
 探索領域セットのそれぞれは、1つの制御リソースセットに少なくとも関連してもよい。探索領域セットのそれぞれは、1つの制御リソースセットに含まれてもよい。探索領域セットのそれぞれに対して、該探索領域セットに関連する制御リソースセットのインデックスが与えられてもよい。 Each of the search area sets may be related to at least one control resource set. Each of the search area sets may be included in one control resource set. For each search region set, an index of a control resource set associated with the search region set may be provided.
 探索領域の物理リソースは制御チャネルの構成単位(CCE:Control Channel Element)により構成される。CCEは所定の数のリソース要素グループ(REG:Resource Element Group)により構成される。例えば、CCEは6個のREGにより構成されてもよい。REGは1つのPRB(Physical Resource Block)の1OFDMシンボルにより構成されてもよい。つまり、REGは12個のリソースエレメント(RE:Resource Element)を含んで構成されてもよい。PRBは、単にRB(Resource Block:リソースブロック)とも呼称される。 Physical resources in the search area are composed of control channel components (CCE:Control Channel Element). The CCE is composed of a predetermined number of resource element groups (REG:Resource Element Group). For example, the CCE may be composed of 6 REGs. The REG may be configured by one OFDM symbol of one PRB (Physical Resource Block). That is, the REG may be configured to include 12 resource elements (RE:Resource Element). The PRB is also simply referred to as an RB (Resource Block: resource block).
 PDSCHは、トランスポートブロックを送信するために少なくとも用いられる。PDSCHは、ランダムアクセスメッセージ2(ランダムアクセスレスポンス)を送信するために少なくとも用いられてもよい。PDSCHは、初期アクセスのために用いられるパラメータを含むシステム情報を送信するために少なくとも用いられてもよい。 PDSCH is used at least for transmitting a transport block. The PDSCH may be used at least to transmit the random access message 2 (random access response). The PDSCH may be used at least for transmitting system information including parameters used for initial access.
 図1において、下りリンクの無線通信では、以下の下りリンク物理シグナルが用いられる。下りリンク物理シグナルは、上位層から出力された情報を送信するために使用されなくてもよいが、物理層によって使用される。
・同期信号(SS:Synchronization signal)
・DL DMRS(DownLink DeModulation Reference Signal)
・CSI-RS(Channel State Information-Reference Signal)
・DL PTRS(DownLink Phase Tracking Reference Signal)
In FIG. 1, the following downlink physical signals are used in downlink wireless communication. The downlink physical signal is used by the physical layer, although it may not be used to transmit the information output from the upper layer.
・Synchronization signal (SS)
・DL DMRS (DownLink DeModulation Reference Signal)
・CSI-RS (Channel State Information-Reference Signal)
・DL PTRS (DownLink Phase Tracking Reference Signal)
 同期信号は、端末装置1が下りリンクの周波数領域、および/または、時間領域の同期をとるために用いられる。同期信号は、PSS(Primary Synchronization Signal)、および、SSS(Secondary Synchronization Signal)を含む。 The synchronization signal is used for the terminal device 1 to synchronize the downlink frequency domain and/or time domain. The synchronization signal includes PSS (Primary Synchronization Signal) and SSS (Secondary Synchronization Signal).
 SSブロック(SS/PBCHブロック)は、PSS、SSS、および、PBCHの一部または全部を少なくとも含んで構成される。 The SS block (SS/PBCH block) is configured to include at least part or all of PSS, SSS, and PBCH.
 DL DMRSは、PBCH、PDCCH、および/または、PDSCHの送信に関連する。DL DMRSは、PBCH、PDCCH、および/または、PDSCHに多重される。端末装置1は、PBCH、PDCCH、または、PDSCHの伝搬路補正を行なうために該PBCH、該PDCCH、または、該PDSCHと対応するDL DMRSを使用してよい。 DL DMRS relates to the transmission of PBCH, PDCCH, and/or PDSCH. DL DMRS is multiplexed on PBCH, PDCCH, and/or PDSCH. The terminal device 1 may use the PBCH, the PDCCH, or the DL DMRS corresponding to the PDSCH in order to correct the propagation path of the PBCH, the PDCCH, or the PDSCH.
 CSI-RSは、チャネル状態情報を算出するために少なくとも用いられる信号であってもよい。端末装置によって想定されるCSI-RSのパターンは、少なくとも上位層パラメータにより与えられてもよい。 CSI-RS may be a signal used at least for calculating channel state information. The CSI-RS pattern assumed by the terminal device may be given by at least upper layer parameters.
 PTRSは、位相雑音の補償のために少なくとも用いられる信号であってもよい。端末装置によって想定されるPTRSのパターンは、上位層パラメータ、および/または、DCIに少なくとも基づき与えられてもよい。 PTRS may be a signal used at least for compensation of phase noise. The pattern of PTRS assumed by the terminal device may be given based at least on upper layer parameters and/or DCI.
 DL PTRSは、1または複数のDL DMRSに用いられるアンテナポートを少なくとも含むDL DMRSグループに関連してもよい。 The DL PTRS may be associated with a DL DMRS group that includes at least the antenna ports used for one or more DL DMRSs.
 下りリンク物理チャネルおよび下りリンク物理シグナルは、下りリンク信号とも呼称される。上りリンク物理チャネルおよび上りリンク物理シグナルは、上りリンク信号とも呼称される。下りリンク信号および上りリンク信号はまとめて物理信号とも呼称される。下りリンク信号および上りリンク信号はまとめて信号とも呼称される。下りリンク物理チャネルおよび上りリンク物理チャネルを総称して、物理チャネルと称する。下りリンク物理シグナルおよび上りリンク物理シグナルを総称して、物理シグナルと称する。 -The downlink physical channel and downlink physical signal are also referred to as downlink signals. The uplink physical channel and the uplink physical signal are also referred to as uplink signals. The downlink signal and the uplink signal are also collectively called a physical signal. The downlink signal and the uplink signal are also collectively referred to as a signal. The downlink physical channel and the uplink physical channel are generically called a physical channel. The downlink physical signal and the uplink physical signal are collectively referred to as a physical signal.
 BCH(Broadcast CHannel)、UL-SCH(Uplink-Shared CHannel)およびDL-SCH(Downlink-Shared CHannel)は、トランスポートチャネルである。媒体アクセス制御(MAC:Medium Access Control)層で用いられるチャネルはトランスポートチャネルと呼称される。MAC層で用いられるトランスポートチャネルの単位は、トランスポートブロック(TB)またはMAC PDUとも呼称される。MAC層においてトランスポートブロック毎にHARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest)の制御が行なわれる。トランスポートブロックは、MAC層が物理層に渡す(deliver)データの単位である。物理層において、トランスポートブロックはコードワードにマップされ、コードワード毎に変調処理が行なわれる。 BCH (Broadcast CHannel), UL-SCH (Uplink-Shared CHannel) and DL-SCH (Downlink-Shared CHannel) are transport channels. Channels used in the medium access control (MAC) layer are called transport channels. The unit of the transport channel used in the MAC layer is also called a transport block (TB) or MAC PDU. HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest) is controlled for each transport block in the MAC layer. The transport block is a unit of data delivered by the MAC layer to the physical layer. In the physical layer, transport blocks are mapped to codewords, and modulation processing is performed for each codeword.
 基地局装置3と端末装置1は、上位層(higher layer)において上位層の信号をやり取り(送受信)する。例えば、基地局装置3と端末装置1は、無線リソース制御(RRC:Radio Resource Control)層において、RRCシグナリング(RRC message:Radio Resource Control message; RRC information:Radio Resource Control information)を送受信してもよい。また、基地局装置3と端末装置1は、MAC層において、MAC CE(Control Element)を送受信してもよい。ここで、RRCシグナリング、および/または、MAC CEを、上位層の信号(higher layer signaling)とも称する。 The base station device 3 and the terminal device 1 exchange (transmit/receive) signals of the upper layer in the higher layer. For example, the base station device 3 and the terminal device 1 may transmit and receive RRC signaling (RRC message: Radio Resource Control message; RRC information: Radio Resource Control information) in the radio resource control (RRC: Radio Resource Control) layer. .. Further, the base station device 3 and the terminal device 1 may transmit and receive MAC CE (Control Element) in the MAC layer. Here, RRC signaling and/or MAC CE are also referred to as higher layer signaling.
 PUSCHおよびPDSCHは、RRCシグナリング、および/または、MAC CEを送信するために少なくとも用いられてよい。ここで、基地局装置3よりPDSCHで送信されるRRCシグナリングは、サービングセル内における複数の端末装置1に対して共通のシグナリングであってもよい。サービングセル内における複数の端末装置1に対して共通のシグナリングは、共通RRCシグナリングとも呼称される。基地局装置3からPDSCHで送信されるRRCシグナリングは、ある端末装置1に対して専用のシグナリング(dedicated signalingまたはUE specific signalingとも呼称される)であってもよい。端末装置1に対して専用のシグナリングは、専用RRCシグナリングとも呼称される。サービングセルにおいて固有な上位層パラメータは、サービングセル内における複数の端末装置1に対して共通のシグナリング、または、ある端末装置1に対して専用のシグナリングを用いて送信されてもよい。UE固有な上位層パラメータは、ある端末装置1に対して専用のシグナリングを用いて送信されてもよい。 PUSCH and PDSCH may at least be used for transmitting RRC signaling and/or MAC CE. Here, the RRC signaling transmitted from the base station device 3 on the PDSCH may be common signaling to the plurality of terminal devices 1 in the serving cell. Signaling common to the plurality of terminal devices 1 in the serving cell is also referred to as common RRC signaling. The RRC signaling transmitted from the base station apparatus 3 on the PDSCH may be dedicated signaling (also referred to as “dedicated signaling” or “UE specific signaling”) to a certain terminal apparatus 1. Signaling dedicated to the terminal device 1 is also called dedicated RRC signaling. The upper layer parameter unique to the serving cell may be transmitted using common signaling to a plurality of terminal devices 1 in the serving cell or dedicated signaling to a certain terminal device 1. The UE-specific upper layer parameter may be transmitted to a certain terminal device 1 by using dedicated signaling.
 BCCH(Broadcast Control CHannel)、CCCH(Common Control CHannel)、および、DCCH(Dedicated Control CHannel)は、ロジカルチャネルである。例えば、BCCHは、MIBを送信するために用いられる上位層のチャネルである。また、CCCH(Common Control CHannel)は、複数の端末装置1において共通な情報を送信するために用いられる上位層のチャネルである。ここで、CCCHは、例えば、RRC接続されていない端末装置1のために用いられてもよい。また、DCCH(Dedicated Control CHannel)は、端末装置1に専用の制御情報(dedicated control information)を送信するために少なくとも用いられる上位層のチャネルである。ここで、DCCHは、例えば、RRC接続されている端末装置1のために用いられてもよい。 BCCH (Broadcast Control CHannel), CCCH (Common Control CHannel), and DCCH (Dedicated Control CHannel) are logical channels. For example, BCCH is an upper layer channel used for transmitting MIB. CCCH (Common Control Channel) is an upper layer channel used for transmitting common information in a plurality of terminal devices 1. Here, the CCCH may be used for the terminal device 1 that is not RRC connected, for example. Further, the DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel) is an upper layer channel used at least for transmitting dedicated control information to the terminal device 1. Here, the DCCH may be used for the terminal device 1 that is RRC-connected, for example.
 ロジカルチャネルにおけるBCCHは、トランスポートチャネルにおいてBCH、DL-SCH、または、UL-SCHにマップされてもよい。ロジカルチャネルにおけるCCCHは、トランスポートチャネルにおいてDL-SCHまたはUL-SCHにマップされてもよい。ロジカルチャネルにおけるDCCHは、トランスポートチャネルにおいてDL-SCHまたはUL-SCHにマップされてもよい。 BCCH in the logical channel may be mapped to BCH, DL-SCH or UL-SCH in the transport channel. The CCCH in the logical channel may be mapped to the DL-SCH or UL-SCH in the transport channel. The DCCH in the logical channel may be mapped to the DL-SCH or UL-SCH in the transport channel.
 トランスポートチャネルにおけるUL-SCHは、物理チャネルにおいてPUSCHにマップされてもよい。トランスポートチャネルにおけるDL-SCHは、物理チャネルにおいてPDSCHにマップされてもよい。トランスポートチャネルにおけるBCHは、物理チャネルにおいてPBCHにマップされてもよい。 UL-SCH in the transport channel may be mapped to PUSCH in the physical channel. The DL-SCH in the transport channel may be mapped to the PDSCH in the physical channel. The BCH in the transport channel may be mapped to the PBCH in the physical channel.
 以下、本実施形態の一態様に係る端末装置1の構成例を説明する。 Hereinafter, a configuration example of the terminal device 1 according to one aspect of the present embodiment will be described.
 図4は、本実施形態の一態様に係る端末装置1の構成を示す概略ブロック図である。図示するように、端末装置1は、無線送受信部10、および、上位層処理部14を含んで構成される。無線送受信部10は、アンテナ部11、RF(Radio Frequency)部12、および、ベースバンド部13の一部または全部を少なくとも含んで構成される。上位層処理部14は、媒体アクセス制御層処理部15、および、無線リソース制御層処理部16の一部または全部を少なくとも含んで構成される。無線送受信部10を送信部、受信部、または、物理層処理部とも称する。 FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram showing the configuration of the terminal device 1 according to one aspect of the present embodiment. As illustrated, the terminal device 1 is configured to include a wireless transmission/reception unit 10 and an upper layer processing unit 14. The wireless transmission/reception unit 10 includes at least an antenna unit 11, an RF (Radio Frequency) unit 12, and a part or all of a baseband unit 13. The upper layer processing unit 14 is configured to include at least part or all of the medium access control layer processing unit 15 and the radio resource control layer processing unit 16. The wireless transmission/reception unit 10 is also referred to as a transmission unit, a reception unit, or a physical layer processing unit.
 上位層処理部14は、ユーザーの操作等により生成された上りリンクデータ(トランスポートブロック)を、無線送受信部10に出力する。上位層処理部14は、MAC層、パケットデータ統合プロトコル(PDCP:Packet Data Convergence Protocol)層、無線リンク制御(RLC:Radio Link Control)層、RRC層の処理を行なう。 The upper layer processing unit 14 outputs the uplink data (transport block) generated by the user's operation or the like to the wireless transmission/reception unit 10. The upper layer processing unit 14 processes the MAC layer, the packet data integration protocol (PDCP: Packet Data Convergence Protocol) layer, the radio link control (RLC: Radio Link Control) layer, and the RRC layer.
 上位層処理部14が備える媒体アクセス制御層処理部15は、MAC層の処理を行う。 The medium access control layer processing unit 15 included in the upper layer processing unit 14 processes the MAC layer.
 上位層処理部14が備える無線リソース制御層処理部16は、RRC層の処理を行う。無線リソース制御層処理部16は、自装置の各種設定情報/パラメータの管理をする。無線リソース制御層処理部16は、基地局装置3から受信した上位層の信号に基づいて各種設定情報/パラメータをセットする。すなわち、無線リソース制御層処理部16は、基地局装置3から受信した各種設定情報/パラメータを示す情報に基づいて各種設定情報/パラメータをセットする。尚、該設定情報は、物理チャネルや物理シグナル(つまり、物理層)、MAC層、PDCP層、RLC層、RRC層の処理または設定に関連する情報を含んでもよい。該パラメータは上位層パラメータであってもよい。 The radio resource control layer processing unit 16 included in the upper layer processing unit 14 performs processing of the RRC layer. The radio resource control layer processing unit 16 manages various setting information/parameters of its own device. The radio resource control layer processing unit 16 sets various setting information/parameters based on the upper layer signal received from the base station device 3. That is, the radio resource control layer processing unit 16 sets various setting information/parameters based on the information indicating various setting information/parameters received from the base station device 3. The setting information may include information related to processing or setting of a physical channel or a physical signal (that is, physical layer), MAC layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, RRC layer. The parameter may be an upper layer parameter.
 無線送受信部10は、変調、復調、符号化、復号化などの物理層の処理を行う。無線送受信部10は、受信した物理信号を、分離、復調、復号し、復号した情報を上位層処理部14に出力する。無線送受信部10は、データを変調、符号化、ベースバンド信号生成(時間連続信号への変換)することによって物理信号を生成し、基地局装置3に送信する。 The wireless transmission/reception unit 10 performs physical layer processing such as modulation, demodulation, encoding, and decoding. The wireless transmission/reception unit 10 separates, demodulates, and decodes the received physical signal, and outputs the decoded information to the upper layer processing unit 14. The wireless transmission/reception unit 10 generates a physical signal by modulating, encoding, and generating a baseband signal (conversion into a time continuous signal), and transmits the physical signal to the base station device 3.
 RF部12は、アンテナ部11を介して受信した信号を、直交復調によりベースバンド信号に変換し(ダウンコンバート:down covert)、不要な周波数成分を除去する。RF部12は、処理をしたアナログ信号をベースバンド部に出力する。 The RF unit 12 converts a signal received via the antenna unit 11 into a baseband signal by quadrature demodulation (down conversion: down covert) and removes unnecessary frequency components. The RF unit 12 outputs the processed analog signal to the baseband unit.
 ベースバンド部13は、RF部12から入力されたアナログ信号をディジタル信号に変換する。ベースバンド部13は、変換したディジタル信号からCP(Cyclic Prefix)に相当する部分を除去し、CPを除去した信号に対して高速フーリエ変換(FFT:Fast Fourier Transform)を行い、周波数領域の信号を抽出する。 The baseband unit 13 converts the analog signal input from the RF unit 12 into a digital signal. The baseband unit 13 removes a portion corresponding to CP (Cyclic Prefix) from the converted digital signal, performs a fast Fourier transform (FFT: Fast Fourier Transform) on the signal from which the CP is removed, and outputs a signal in the frequency domain. Extract.
 ベースバンド部13は、データを逆高速フーリエ変換(IFFT:Inverse Fast Fourier Transform)して、OFDMシンボルを生成し、生成されたOFDMシンボルにCPを付加し、ベースバンドのディジタル信号を生成し、ベースバンドのディジタル信号をアナログ信号に変換する。ベースバンド部13は、変換したアナログ信号をRF部12に出力する。 The baseband unit 13 performs an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) on the data to generate an OFDM symbol, adds CP to the generated OFDM symbol, generates a baseband digital signal, and generates a baseband signal. The band digital signal is converted into an analog signal. The baseband unit 13 outputs the converted analog signal to the RF unit 12.
 RF部12は、ローパスフィルタを用いてベースバンド部13から入力されたアナログ信号から余分な周波数成分を除去し、アナログ信号を搬送波周波数にアップコンバート(up convert)し、アンテナ部11を介して送信する。また、RF部12は、電力を増幅する。また、RF部12は送信電力を制御する機能を備えてもよい。RF部12を送信電力制御部とも称する。 The RF unit 12 uses a low-pass filter to remove excess frequency components from the analog signal input from the baseband unit 13, upconverts the analog signal to a carrier frequency, and transmits it via the antenna unit 11. To do. Further, the RF unit 12 amplifies the power. Further, the RF unit 12 may have a function of controlling transmission power. The RF unit 12 is also referred to as a transmission power control unit.
 以下、本実施形態の一態様に係る基地局装置3の構成例を説明する。 Hereinafter, a configuration example of the base station device 3 according to one aspect of the present embodiment will be described.
 図5は、本実施形態の一態様に係る基地局装置3の構成を示す概略ブロック図である。図示するように、基地局装置3は、無線送受信部30、および、上位層処理部34を含んで構成される。無線送受信部30は、アンテナ部31、RF部32、および、ベースバンド部33を含んで構成される。上位層処理部34は、媒体アクセス制御層処理部35、および、無線リソース制御層処理部36を含んで構成される。無線送受信部30を送信部、受信部、または、物理層処理部とも称する。 FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram showing the configuration of the base station device 3 according to an aspect of the present embodiment. As illustrated, the base station device 3 is configured to include a wireless transmission/reception unit 30 and an upper layer processing unit 34. The wireless transmission/reception unit 30 includes an antenna unit 31, an RF unit 32, and a baseband unit 33. The upper layer processing unit 34 includes a medium access control layer processing unit 35 and a radio resource control layer processing unit 36. The wireless transmission/reception unit 30 is also referred to as a transmission unit, a reception unit, or a physical layer processing unit.
 上位層処理部34は、MAC層、PDCP層、RLC層、RRC層の処理を行なう。 The upper layer processing unit 34 processes the MAC layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, and RRC layer.
 上位層処理部34が備える媒体アクセス制御層処理部35は、MAC層の処理を行う。 The medium access control layer processing unit 35 included in the upper layer processing unit 34 performs processing of the MAC layer.
 上位層処理部34が備える無線リソース制御層処理部36は、RRC層の処理を行う。無線リソース制御層処理部36は、PDSCHに配置される下りリンクデータ(トランスポートブロック)、システム情報、RRCメッセージ、MAC CEなどを生成し、又は上位ノードから取得し、無線送受信部30に出力する。また、無線リソース制御層処理部36は、端末装置1各々の各種設定情報/パラメータの管理をする。無線リソース制御層処理部36は、上位層の信号を介して端末装置1各々に対して各種設定情報/パラメータをセットしてもよい。すなわち、無線リソース制御層処理部36は、各種設定情報/パラメータを示す情報を送信/報知する。尚、該設定情報は、物理チャネルや物理シグナル(つまり、物理層)、MAC層、PDCP層、RLC層、RRC層の処理または設定に関連する情報を含んでもよい。該パラメータは上位層パラメータであってもよい。 The radio resource control layer processing unit 36 included in the upper layer processing unit 34 performs processing of the RRC layer. The radio resource control layer processing unit 36 generates downlink data (transport block) arranged on the PDSCH, system information, RRC message, MAC CE, or the like, or acquires from the upper node and outputs to the radio transmission/reception unit 30. .. Further, the radio resource control layer processing unit 36 manages various setting information/parameters of each terminal device 1. The radio resource control layer processing unit 36 may set various setting information/parameters for each terminal device 1 via a signal of an upper layer. That is, the radio resource control layer processing unit 36 transmits/notifies information indicating various setting information/parameters. The setting information may include information related to processing or setting of a physical channel or a physical signal (that is, physical layer), MAC layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, RRC layer. The parameter may be an upper layer parameter.
 無線送受信部30の機能は、無線送受信部10と同様であるため説明を省略する。 The function of the wireless transmission/reception unit 30 is the same as that of the wireless transmission/reception unit 10, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
 端末装置1が備える符号10から符号16が付された部のそれぞれは、回路として構成されてもよい。基地局装置3が備える符号30から符号36が付された部のそれぞれは、回路として構成されてもよい。 Each of the units 10 to 16 provided in the terminal device 1 may be configured as a circuit. Each of the units denoted by reference numerals 30 to 36 included in the base station device 3 may be configured as a circuit.
 端末装置1は物理信号の送信に先立ってキャリアセンス(Carrier sense)を実施してもよい。また、基地局装置3は物理信号の送信に先立ってキャリアセンスを実施してもよい。キャリアセンスは、無線チャネル(Radio channel)においてエネルギー検出(Energy detection)を実施することであってもよい。物理信号の送信に先立って実施されるキャリアセンスに基づき、該物理信号の送信可否が与えられてもよい。例えば、物理信号の送信に先立って実施されるキャリアセンスによって検出されるエネルギー量が所定のしきい値よりも大きい場合に、該物理チャネルの送信が行われなくてもよい、または、送信が不可と判断されてもよい。また、物理信号の送信に先立って実施されるキャリアセンスによって検出されるエネルギー量が所定のしきい値よりも小さい場合に、該物理チャネルの送信が行われてもよい、または、送信が可能と判断されてもよい。また、物理信号の送信に先立って実施されるキャリアセンスによって検出されるエネルギー量が所定のしきい値と等しい場合に、該物理チャネルの送信が行われてもよいし、行われなくてもよい。つまり、物理信号の送信に先立って実施されるキャリアセンスによって検出されるエネルギー量が所定のしきい値と等しい場合に、送信が不可と判断されてもよいし、送信が可能と判断されてもよい。 The terminal device 1 may perform carrier sense before transmitting the physical signal. Further, the base station device 3 may perform carrier sense before transmitting the physical signal. Carrier sense may be to carry out energy detection in a wireless channel. Whether or not the physical signal can be transmitted may be given based on the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal. For example, if the amount of energy detected by the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal is larger than a predetermined threshold value, the physical channel may not be transmitted, or the transmission may not be performed. May be determined. Further, when the amount of energy detected by the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal is smaller than a predetermined threshold value, the physical channel may be transmitted, or transmission is possible. It may be judged. Further, when the amount of energy detected by the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal is equal to the predetermined threshold value, the transmission of the physical channel may or may not be performed. .. That is, when the amount of energy detected by the carrier sense performed prior to the transmission of the physical signal is equal to the predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the transmission is impossible or the transmission is possible. Good.
 キャリアセンスに基づき物理チャネルの送信可否が与えられる手順は、LBT(Listen Before Talk)とも呼称される。LBTの結果として物理信号の送信が不可と判断される状況は、busy状態、または、busyとも呼称される。例えば、busy状態は、キャリアセンスによって検出されるエネルギー量が所定のしきい値よりも大きい状態であってもよい。また、LBTの結果として物理信号の送信が可能と判断される状況は、idle状態、または、idleとも呼称される。例えば、idle状態は、キャリアセンスによって検出されるエネルギー量が所定のしきい値よりも小さい状態であってもよい。 ∙ The procedure of giving permission/prohibition of physical channel based on carrier sense is also called LBT (Listen Before Talk). The situation where it is determined that the physical signal cannot be transmitted as a result of the LBT is also referred to as a busy state or busy. For example, the busy state may be a state in which the amount of energy detected by carrier sensing is larger than a predetermined threshold value. A situation in which it is determined that the physical signal can be transmitted as a result of the LBT is also called an idle state or idle. For example, the idle state may be a state in which the amount of energy detected by carrier sensing is smaller than a predetermined threshold value.
 端末装置1は、上りリンク制御情報(UCI)をPUCCHに多重して送信してもよい。端末装置1は、UCIをPUSCHに多重して送信してもよい。UCIは、下りリンクのチャネル状態情報(Channel State Information: CSI)、PUSCHリソースの要求を示すスケジューリング要求(Scheduling Request: SR)、下りリンクデータ(Transport block, Medium Access Control Protocol Data Unit: MAC PDU, Downlink-Shared Channel: DL-SCH, Physical Downlink Shared Channel: PDSCH)に対するHARQ-ACK(Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledgement)のうち、少なくとも1つを含んでもよい。 The terminal device 1 may multiplex the uplink control information (UCI) on the PUCCH and transmit it. The terminal device 1 may multiplex UCI on PUSCH and transmit. UCI is downlink channel state information (Channel State Information:CSI), scheduling request (Scheduling Request: SR) that indicates a request for PUSCH resource, downlink data (Transport block, Medium Access Control Control Protocol Data Unit: MAC PDU, Downlink -At least one of HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledgement) for Shared Channel: DL-SCH, Physical Downlink Shared Channel: PDSCH) may be included.
 HARQ-ACKを、ACK/NACK、HARQフィードバック、HARQ-ACKフィードバック、HARQ応答、HARQ-ACK応答、HARQ情報、HARQ-ACK情報、HARQ制御情報、および、HARQ-ACK制御情報とも呼称されてもよい。また、HARQ-ACK情報の送信をHARQ-ACK情報の報告とも呼称されてもよい。 HARQ-ACK may also be referred to as ACK/NACK, HARQ feedback, HARQ-ACK feedback, HARQ response, HARQ-ACK response, HARQ information, HARQ-ACK information, HARQ control information, and HARQ-ACK control information. .. Also, the transmission of HARQ-ACK information may be referred to as a report of HARQ-ACK information.
 下りリンクデータが成功裏に復号された場合、該下りリンクデータに対するACKが生成される。下りリンクデータが成功裏に復号されなかった場合、該下りリンクデータに対するNACKが生成される。HARQ-ACKは、1つのトランスポートブロックに少なくとも対応するHARQ-ACKビットを少なくとも含んでもよい。HARQ-ACKビットは、1つ、または、複数のトランスポートブロックに対応するACK(ACKnowledgement)または、NACK(Negative-ACKnowledgement)を示してもよい。HARQ-ACKは、1つまたは複数のHARQ-ACKビットを含むHARQ-ACKコードブック(codebook)を少なくとも含んでもよい。HARQ-ACKビットが1つ、または、複数のトランスポートブロックに対応することは、HARQ-ACKビットが該1または複数のトランスポートブロックを含むPDSCHに対応することであってもよい。 If the downlink data is successfully decoded, an ACK for the downlink data is generated. If the downlink data is not successfully decoded, a NACK for the downlink data is generated. HARQ-ACK may include at least HARQ-ACK bits corresponding to at least one transport block. The HARQ-ACK bit may indicate ACK (ACKnowledgement) or NACK (Negative-ACKnowledgement) corresponding to one or a plurality of transport blocks. HARQ-ACK may include at least a HARQ-ACK codebook that includes one or more HARQ-ACK bits. The HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to one or a plurality of transport blocks may be that the HARQ-ACK bit corresponds to a PDSCH including the one or a plurality of transport blocks.
 1つのトランスポートブロックに対するHARQ制御をHARQプロセスと呼んでもよい。HARQプロセス毎に一つのHARQプロセス識別子が与えられてもよい。 HARQ control for one transport block may be called a HARQ process. One HARQ process identifier may be provided for each HARQ process.
 端末装置1は、PDSCH受信に対応するDCIフォーマット1_0、または、DCIフォーマット1_1に含まれるHARQ指示フィールドの値により指示されるスロットにおいて、HARQ-ACK情報を、HARQ-ACKコードブック(codebook)を用いて基地局装置3に報告してもよい。 The terminal device 1 uses the HARQ-ACK information and the HARQ-ACK codebook in the slot indicated by the DCI format 1_0 corresponding to PDSCH reception or the value of the HARQ indication field included in the DCI format 1_1. May be reported to the base station device 3.
 LBTの結果がbusy状態のため、端末装置1がPUCCHおよび/またはPUSCHをスケジューリングされたタイミングで送信できない場合がある。また、他のデバイスからのインターフェアランス(interference)等の影響で端末装置1が送信したPUCCHおよび/またはPUSCHを基地局装置3が受信できない場合がある。基地局装置3は端末装置1に送信する一部または全部のPDSCHにグループIDを付与し、LBTの結果がidle状態の時に該PDSCHの一部または全部に対応するHARQ-ACKを含むPUCCHの送信を要求することができる。しかし、端末装置1が基地局装置3から該要求をされたときに、端末装置1が基地局装置3にどのPDSCHを報告するかが明確ではない問題がある。 -Since the result of LBT is busy, terminal device 1 may not be able to transmit PUCCH and/or PUSCH at the scheduled timing. Further, the base station apparatus 3 may not be able to receive the PUCCH and/or PUSCH transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 due to the influence of interference from other devices. The base station apparatus 3 assigns a group ID to some or all PDSCHs to be transmitted to the terminal apparatus 1, and when the LBT result is in the idle state, transmits the PUCCH including HARQ-ACK corresponding to some or all of the PDSCHs. Can be requested. However, there is a problem that it is not clear which PDSCH the terminal device 1 reports to the base station device 3 when the terminal device 1 receives the request from the base station device 3.
 図6は本実施形態におけるグループ化された1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信する一例を示した図である。PDSCH601、PDSCH602、PDSCH607およびPDSCH608はグループIDが1である。また、PDSCH604およびPDSCH605はグループIDが2である。グループIDが1であることは、グループ1(Group1)であることを意味してもよい。グループIDが2であることは、グループ2(Group2)であることを意味してもよい。 FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs grouped in this embodiment. The group ID of PDSCH 601, PDSCH 602, PDSCH 607, and PDSCH 608 is 1. The group ID of PDSCH 604 and PDSCH 605 is 2. The group ID of 1 may mean that the group ID is Group 1 (Group 1). The group ID of 2 may mean that the group ID is Group 2 (Group 2).
 端末装置1は、PDSCH601およびPDSCH602に対応するHARQ-ACK情報をPUCCH603を用いて送信してもよい。端末装置1は、PDSCH604およびPDSCH605に対応するHARQ-ACK情報をPUCCH606を用いて送信してもよい。端末装置1はPDSCH607およびPDSCH608に対応するHARQ-ACK情報をPUCCH609を用いて送信してもよい。 The terminal device 1 may transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 601 and the PDSCH 602 using the PUCCH 603. The terminal device 1 may transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 604 and the PDSCH 605 using the PUCCH 606. The terminal device 1 may transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 607 and the PDSCH 608 using the PUCCH 609.
 端末装置1が送信した1つまたは複数のPUCCHであって、HARQ-ACK情報を含む1つまたは複数のPUCCHに対して、基地局装置3は正しく受信できなかった該1つまたは複数のPUCCHに含まれる該HARQ-ACK情報の送信を、PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットを用いてトリガー(trigger)してもよい。例えば、基地局装置3がPDCCH610を用いてグループ1の1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報の送信の要求をトリガーしてもよい。図6において、基地局装置3がグループ1の1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報の送信の要求をトリガーする場合、端末装置1は、グループ1のPDSCHが複数存在するため、グループの1のPDSCHのうち、どのPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するかの判断ができなくなる問題がある。つまり、基地局装置3がグループ1の1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報の送信の要求をトリガーする場合、端末装置1は、PDSCH601およびPDSCH602に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するか、PDSCH607およびPDSCH608に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するかが判断できない問題がある。端末装置1は、、基地局装置3がグループ1の1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報の送信の要求をトリガーする場合、PDSCH601、PDSCH602、PDSCH607およびPDSCH608の何れに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するかを判断できない。 For one or more PUCCHs transmitted by the terminal device 1 and including one or more PUCCHs containing HARQ-ACK information, the base station device 3 cannot correctly receive the one or more PUCCHs. Transmission of the included HARQ-ACK information may be triggered using the DCI format included in the PDCCH. For example, the base station device 3 may use the PDCCH 610 to trigger a request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs in the group 1. In FIG. 6, when the base station device 3 triggers a request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs in group 1, the terminal device 1 has multiple PDSCHs in group 1, There is a problem that it is not possible to determine which PDSCH corresponding to which of the 1 PDSCHs to transmit the HARQ-ACK information. That is, when the base station device 3 triggers a request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs in the group 1, the terminal device 1 transmits HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 601 and PDSCH 602. There is a problem that it cannot be determined whether to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 607 and PDSCH 608. When the base station apparatus 3 triggers a request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs of the group 1, the terminal apparatus 1 corresponds to any of the HARQ-PDSCH 601, PDSCH 602, PDSCH 607, and PDSCH 608. Unable to determine whether to send ACK information.
 本実施形態において、特別な言及がない限り、1つのグループはHARQ-ACK情報の送信の要求の1つのトリガーに応じて送信されるHARQ-ACK情報の送信が対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCH含んでもよい。例えば、グループ1の1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報の送信の要求をトリガーされ、且つ、端末装置1がPDSCH607およびPDSCH608に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信する場合、PDSCH607とPDSCH608がグループ化されている。 In this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, one group includes one or more PDSCHs to which the transmission of HARQ-ACK information is transmitted in response to one trigger of the request for transmission of HARQ-ACK information. But it's okay. For example, when a request for transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs in group 1 is triggered and the terminal device 1 transmits HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 607 and PDSCH 608, PDSCH 607 and PDSCH 608 Are grouped together.
 HARQ-ACK情報の送信のトリガーを、HARQ-ACK情報の報告のトリガー、HARQ-ACK情報の送信のトリガー、HARQ-ACK情報の報告の要求のトリガーと呼称されてもよい。 The HARQ-ACK information transmission trigger may be referred to as a HARQ-ACK information report trigger, a HARQ-ACK information transmission trigger, and a HARQ-ACK information report request trigger.
 グループ化は同じグループIDを持つPDSCHに対して同じグループにすることを意味してもよい。また、グループは、同じグループIDを持つ1つまたは複数の連続するPDSCHを含んでもよい。同じグループIDを持つ連続するPDSCHは、同じグループに属する。異なるグループIDを持つ連続するPDSCHは、異なるグループに属する。所定の同じグループIDを持つ2つのPDSCHの間に該所定のグループIDとは異なるグループIDを持つPDSCHがある場合、該所定の同じグループIDを持つ2つのPDSCHは異なるグループに属する。ここで、グループを構成するPDSCHの数は、同じグループIDを持つ1つまたは複数の連続するPDSCHの最大数であってもよい。例えば、PDSCH601とPDSCH602は同じグループであってもよい。また、PDSCH604とPDSCH605は同じグループであってもよい。PDSCH607とPDSCH608は同じグループであってもよい。PDSCH601と、PDSCH602と、PDSCH607と、PDSCH608と、は同じグループではなくてもよい。 Grouping may mean putting PDSCHs with the same group ID into the same group. A group may also include one or more consecutive PDSCHs with the same group ID. Successive PDSCHs having the same group ID belong to the same group. Successive PDSCHs with different group IDs belong to different groups. When there is a PDSCH having a group ID different from the predetermined group ID between two PDSCHs having the same predetermined group ID, the two PDSCHs having the same predetermined group ID belong to different groups. Here, the number of PDSCHs forming a group may be the maximum number of one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID. For example, PDSCH 601 and PDSCH 602 may be in the same group. Further, PDSCH 604 and PDSCH 605 may be in the same group. PDSCH 607 and PDSCH 608 may be in the same group. The PDSCH 601, the PDSCH 602, the PDSCH 607, and the PDSCH 608 do not have to be in the same group.
 PDSCHのグループIDは、基地局装置3が該PDSCHをスケジューリングする際に、該PDSCHに対して付与してもよい。PDSCHのグループIDは該PDSCHがどのグループに属されるかを判断するときに用いられてもよい。PDSCHのグループIDの総数は上位層パラメータによって決定されてもよい。また、グループIDの総数は所定の値であってもよい。グループIDの総数は、基地局装置3が端末装置1に通知してもよい。グループIDの総数は上位層パラメータによって決定されてもよい。本実施形態において、グループIDの総数はXgroupであってもよい。また、本実施形態において、特別な言及がない限り、グループIDはPDSCHのグループIDであってもよい。 The group ID of the PDSCH may be given to the PDSCH when the base station device 3 schedules the PDSCH. The group ID of the PDSCH may be used when determining which group the PDSCH belongs to. The total number of PDSCH group IDs may be determined by higher layer parameters. Further, the total number of group IDs may be a predetermined value. The base station device 3 may notify the terminal device 1 of the total number of group IDs. The total number of group IDs may be determined by higher layer parameters. In this embodiment, the total number of group IDs may be X group . Further, in this embodiment, the group ID may be the PDSCH group ID unless otherwise specified.
 基地局装置3はPDCCHを用いてHARQ-ACK情報の送信を端末装置1にトリガーしてもよい。基地局装置3はPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットを用いてHARQ-ACK情報の送信を端末装置1にトリガーしてもよい。該HARQ-ACK情報は、トリガーに用いるPDCCHを受信する前に受信したPDSCHに対応してもよい。 The base station device 3 may use the PDCCH to trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information. The base station apparatus 3 may trigger the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information using the DCI format included in the PDCCH. The HARQ-ACK information may correspond to the PDSCH received before receiving the PDCCH used for the trigger.
 基地局装置3がHARQ-ACK情報の送信のトリガーに用いるPDCCHにおいて、該PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットは、トリガーを活性化(activated)するフィールド、HARQプロセス識別子のフィールド、グループIDのフィールド、PUCCHリソースインジケータのフィールド、HARQ-ACKコードブックの大きさを示すフィールド、および、報告するHARQ-ACK情報の個数を示すフィールド、の一部または全部を含んでもよい。 In the PDCCH used by the base station apparatus 3 to trigger transmission of HARQ-ACK information, the DCI format included in the PDCCH includes a field for activating the trigger, a field for HARQ process identifier, a field for group ID, and a PUCCH resource. Some or all of the indicator field, the field indicating the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the field indicating the number of HARQ-ACK information to be reported may be included.
 PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされるCCEインデックスに少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされるインデックスと、所定の値Xtotalと、に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされるインデックスと、所定の値Xtotalとのmodulo演算(modulo operation)で決定されてもよい。ここで、該CCEインデックスはPDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされる最初(first)のCCEインデックスであってもよい。該CCEインデックスはPDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされる最小(smallest)のCCEインデックスであってもよい。また、該CCEインデックスはPDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされる最後(last)のCCEインデックスであってもよい。該CCEインデックスはPDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされる最大(largest)のCCEインデックスであってもよい。また、Xtotalは所定の値であってもよい。XtotalはグループIDの総数であってもよい。また、modulo演算は、AをBで割ったとき、余りを出力する関数であり、(A mod B)と表記する。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされる最初のCCEインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDは(5 mod 4)=1であってもよい。また、PDSCHのグループIDは該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされるインデックスと、Xtotalとのfloor演算で決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(CCEインデックス/Xtotal)で計算されてもよい。ここでfloor演算は、数値の小数点以下を切り下げた整数を出力する関数である。例えば、F=3.9であれば、floor(F)=3であり、F=5.2であれば、floor(F)=5のようになる。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHがマップされる最初のCCEインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(5/4)=1であってもよい。 The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based at least on the CCE index to which the PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH is mapped. The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped and the predetermined value X total . For example, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation of an index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped and a predetermined value X total . Here, the CCE index may be the first CCE index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped. The CCE index may be the smallest CCE index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped. The CCE index may be the last CCE index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped. The CCE index may be the largest CCE index to which the PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH is mapped. Further, X total may be a predetermined value. X total may be the total number of group IDs. The modulo operation is a function that outputs the remainder when A is divided by B, and is expressed as (A mod B). For example, when the first CCE index to which the PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH is mapped is 5 and X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be (5 mod 4)=1. Further, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a floor calculation of the index to which the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is mapped and X total . For example, the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor (CCE index/X total ). Here, the floor calculation is a function that outputs an integer by rounding down the number after the decimal point. For example, if F=3.9, floor(F)=3, and if F=5.2, floor(F)=5. For example, when the first CCE index to which the PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH is mapped is 5 and X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be floor(5/4)=1.
 PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックスに少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックスと、所定の値Xtotalと、に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックスとXtotalとのmodulo演算で決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDは(5 mod 4)=1であってもよい。また、PDSCHのグループIDは該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックスと、Xtotalとのfloor演算で決定されてもよい。ここで、PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(CORESETのインデックス/Xtotal)で計算されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(5/4)=1であってもよい。 The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the index of CORESET that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH. The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the index of CORESET detecting the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and the predetermined value X total . For example, the group ID of PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation between the index of CORESET that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total . For example, when the index of CORESET that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is 5 and the X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be (5 mod 4)=1. Further, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by the floor calculation of the index of CORESET that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total . Here, the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor (index of CORESET/X total ). For example, when the index of CORESET that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is 5 and the X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be floor(5/4)=1.
 PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出した探索領域セット(search space set)のインデックスに少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したsearch space setのインデックスと、所定の値Xtotalと、に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したsearch space setのインデックスとXtotalとのmodulo演算で決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したsearch space setのインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDは(5 mod 4)=1であってもよい。また、PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したsearch space setのインデックスと、Xtotalとのfloor演算で決定されてもよい。ここで、PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(search space setのインデックス/Xtotal)で計算されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHを検出したsearch space setのインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(5/4)=1であってもよい。 The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based at least on the index of the search space set (search space set) that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH. The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the index of the search space set that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and the predetermined value X total . For example, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation between the index of the search space set that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total . For example, when the index of the search space set that detects the PDCCH for scheduling the PDSCH is 5 and the X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be (5 mod 4)=1. Further, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a floor calculation between the index of the search space set that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total . Here, the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor (index of search space set/X total ). For example, when the index of the search space set that detects the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is 5 and the X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be floor(5/4)=1.
 PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのHARQプロセス識別子(HARQ process ID)に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのHARQプロセス識別子と、所定の値Xtotalと、に基づいて決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのHARQプロセス識別子とXtotalとのmodulo演算で決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのHARQプロセス識別子が5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDは(5 mod 4)=1であってもよい。また、PDSCHのグループIDは該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのHARQプロセス識別子と、Xtotalとのfloor演算で決定されてもよい。ここで、PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(HARQプロセス識別子/Xtotal)で計算されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのHARQプロセス識別子5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(5/4)=1であってもよい。 The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the HARQ process identifier (HARQ process ID) of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH. The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on the HARQ process identifier of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and a predetermined value X total . For example, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation of the HARQ process identifier of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total . For example, when the HARQ process identifier of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is 5 and the X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be (5 mod 4)=1. Further, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a floor operation between the HARQ process identifier of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total . Here, the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor(HARQ process identifier/X total ). For example, when the HARQ process identifier 5 of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be floor(5/4)=1.
 PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHがスケジューリングされたスロットインデックスに少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHがスケジューリングされたスロットインデックスと、所定の値Xtotalと、に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHがスケジューリングされたスロットインデックスとXtotalとのmodulo演算で決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHがスケジューリングされたスロットインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDは(5 mod 4)=1であってもよい。また、PDSCHのグループIDは該PDSCHがスケジューリングされたスロットインデックスと、Xtotalとのfloor演算で決定されてもよい。ここで、PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(スロットインデックス/Xtotal)で計算されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHがスケジューリングされたスロットインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(5/4)=1であってもよい。 The PDSCH group ID may be determined based at least on the slot index at which the PDSCH was scheduled. The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the slot index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and the predetermined value X total . For example, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation of the slot index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and X total . For example, when the PDSCH scheduled slot index is 5 and X total is 4, the PDSCH group ID may be (5 mod 4)=1. Further, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by the floor calculation of the slot index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and X total . Here, the group ID of the PDSCH may be calculated as floor (slot index/X total ). For example, when the PDSCH scheduled slot index is 5 and X total is 4, the PDSCH group ID may be floor(5/4)=1.
 PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのPUCCHリソースインジケータ(PUCCH resource indicator)に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのPUCCHリソースインジケータの値と、所定の値Xtotalと、に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのPUCCHリソースインジケータの値とXtotalとのmodulo演算で決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのPUCCHリソースインジケータの値が5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDは(5 mod 4)=1であってもよい。また、PDSCHのグループIDは該PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのPUCCHリソースインジケータの値と、Xtotalとのfloor演算で決定されてもよい。ここで、PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(PUCCHリソースインジケータの値/Xtotal)で計算されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのPUCCHリソースインジケータの値が5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(5/4)=1であってもよい。 The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined at least based on the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH. The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the value of the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and the predetermined value X total . For example, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation between the value of the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total . For example, when the value of the PUCCH resource indicator in the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is 5 and X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be (5 mod 4)=1. Further, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a floor calculation between the value of the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH and X total . Here, the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor (value of PUCCH resource indicator/X total ). For example, when the value of the PUCCH resource indicator in the DCI format included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is 5 and X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be floor(5/4)=1. ..
 PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHがスケジューリングされるリソースブロックインデックスに少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHがスケジューリングされるリソースブロックインデックスと、所定の値Xtotalと、に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHのグループIDは、該PDSCHがスケジューリングされるリソースブロックインデックスと、所定の値Xtotalとのmodulo演算で決定されてもよい。ここで、リソースブロックインデックスはPDSCHがスケジューリングされる最初のリソースブロックのインデックスであってもよい。また、リソースブロックインデックスはPDSCHがスケジューリングされる最後のリソースブロックのインデックスであってもよい。例えば、PDSCHがスケジューリングされる最初のリソースブロックインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDは(5 mod 4)=1であってもよい。また、PDSCHのグループIDは該PDSCHがスケジューリングされるリソースブロックインデックスと、Xtotalとのfloor演算で決定されてもよい。ここで、PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(リソースブロックインデックス/Xtotal)で計算されてもよい。例えば、PDSCHがスケジューリングされるリソースブロックインデックスが5、かつ、Xtotalが4である場合、該PDSCHのグループIDはfloor(5/4)=1であってもよい。 The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based at least on the resource block index with which the PDSCH is scheduled. The group ID of the PDSCH may be determined based on at least the resource block index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and the predetermined value X total . For example, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by a modulo operation of the resource block index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and a predetermined value X total . Here, the resource block index may be the index of the first resource block for which the PDSCH is scheduled. Also, the resource block index may be the index of the last resource block for which the PDSCH is scheduled. For example, if the first resource block index for which the PDSCH is scheduled is 5 and the X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be (5 mod 4)=1. Further, the group ID of the PDSCH may be determined by the floor calculation of the resource block index at which the PDSCH is scheduled and X total . Here, the group ID of PDSCH may be calculated by floor (resource block index/X total ). For example, when the resource block index for which the PDSCH is scheduled is 5 and the X total is 4, the group ID of the PDSCH may be floor(5/4)=1.
 基地局装置3は、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いてグループIDを端末装置1に通知してもよい。ここで、該フィールドのサイズはXDCIビットであってもよい。また、XDCIは所定の値であってもよい。また、XDCIはlog2(Xtotal)であってもよい。例えば、XDCIは0を含む自然数(natural numbers)であってもよい。グループIDは、PDSCHをスケジューリングするPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドの値に少なくとも基づいて決定されてもよい。 The base station device 3 may notify the terminal device 1 of the group ID using a DCI format field included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH. Here, the size of the field may be X DCI bits. Further, X DCI may be a predetermined value. Also, X DCI may be log2(X total ). For example, X DCI may be a natural number including 0. The group ID may be determined based at least on the value of the DCI format field included in the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH.
 基地局装置3が、端末装置1にグループIDがXgroupに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するようにトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、グループID Xgroupを持つ最後に受信したグループに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。ここで、‘最後に受信したグループ’ということは、端末装置1が該トリガーを受信した時点より以前であり、かつ、該トリガーを受信した時点より最も短い期間で受信したPDSCHグループを意味してもよい。例えば、基地局装置3が、端末装置1にグループIDが1に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するようにトリガーした場合、端末装置1はPDSCH607およびPDSCH608に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 The base station device 3, the group ID to the terminal device 1 when triggered to send the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the X group, the terminal apparatus 1 corresponds to the group that received the last with the group ID X group The HARQ-ACK information may be transmitted to the base station device 3. Here, the “last received group” means a PDSCH group that is received before the time when the terminal device 1 receives the trigger and is received in the shortest period after the time when the terminal device 1 receives the trigger. Good. For example, when the base station device 3 triggers the terminal device 1 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the group ID 1, the terminal device 1 transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 607 and the PDSCH 608. 3 may be transmitted.
 図10は本実施形態におけるHARQプロセス識別子に基づくHARQ-ACK情報を送信する一例を示した図である。基地局装置3が、PDCCHを用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQとグループID Xgroupと、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、グループID Xgroupを持つ1つまたは複数のPDSCHの中で、HARQプロセス識別子XHARQを持つPDSCHが属する最後に受信したグループに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。また、‘最後に受信したグループ’ということは、端末装置1が該トリガーを受信した時点より以前であり、かつ、該トリガーを受信した時点より最も短い期間であるPDSCHグループを意味してもよい。例えば、図10において、グループID 1に対する‘最後に受信した’PDSCHは、PDSCH1007およびPDSCH1008であってもよい。例えば、グループID 2に対する‘最後に受信した’PDSCHはPDSCH1004およびPDSCH1005であってもよい。また、‘HARQプロセス識別子XHARQを持つPDSCHが属する’ということは、HARQプロセス識別子XHARQを持つPDSCHのグループIDである連続するPDSCHグループを意味してもよい。例えば、XHARQが4であるPDSCH1007の場合、PDSCH1007は、グループIDが1であるPDSCH1007およびPDSCH1008のグループに属されることであってもよい。 FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of transmitting HARQ-ACK information based on a HARQ process identifier in this embodiment. When the base station device 3 triggers the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or a plurality of PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ and the group ID X group using the PDCCH The terminal device 1 transmits to the base station device 3 the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group to which the PDSCH having the HARQ process identifier X HARQ belongs among the one or more PDSCHs having the group ID X group. You may send it. In addition, “the last received group” may mean a PDSCH group that is before the time when the terminal device 1 receives the trigger and has the shortest period after the time when the terminal device 1 receives the trigger. .. For example, in FIG. 10, the “last received” PDSCH for group ID 1 may be PDSCH 1007 and PDSCH 1008. For example, the'last received' PDSCH for group ID 2 may be PDSCH 1004 and PDSCH 1005. Moreover, the fact that the 'PDSCH belongs with HARQ process identifiers X HARQ' may mean a PDSCH successive groups is a group ID of PDSCH with HARQ process identifiers X HARQ. For example, in the case of PDSCH 1007 whose X HARQ is 4, PDSCH 1007 may belong to the group of PDSCH 1007 and PDSCH 1008 whose group ID is 1.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH1010を用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQ 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、HARQプロセス識別子XHARQ 4を持つPDSCH1007と、該PDSCH1007が属されるグループに属するPDSCH1008と、に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010. When triggered, the terminal device 1 may transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 1007 having the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the PDSCH 1008 belonging to the group to which the PDSCH 1007 belongs to the base station device 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHを用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQとグループID Xgroupと、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信した該HARQプロセス識別子XHARQ、および/または、該グループID Xgroupと、に対応するPDSCHを受信できなかった場合、端末装置1はNACKを設定して基地局装置3に送信してもよい。ここで、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、所定の値であってもよい。また、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、上位層パラメータによって設定されてもよいし、DCIフォーマットを用いて通知されてもよい。XNACKは、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、1704以下の数であってもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 triggers the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ and the group ID X group using the PDCCH, When the terminal device 1 cannot receive the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ and/or the group ID X group transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 May set NACK and transmit it to the base station apparatus 3. Here, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Further, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter or may be notified by using a DCI format. X NACK may be 1, 2 or a number 1704 or less.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH1010を用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQ 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信したPDSCH1007およびPDSCH1008を受信することができなかった場合、端末装置1はXNACKビット数の分のNACKを設定し、基地局装置3に該NACK送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010. When it is triggered and the terminal device 1 cannot receive the PDSCH 1007 and PDSCH 1008 transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 sets NACK for the number of X NACK bits, The NACK may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH1010を用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQ 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、XHARQが4であるPDSCH1007を受信したが基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信したPDSCH1008を受信することができなかった場合、端末装置1は、受信できなかったPDSCH1008に対応するHARQ-ACK情報をNACKに設定し、PDSCH1007に対応するHARQ-ACK情報と、該NACKと、を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010. When it is triggered and the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 1007 with X HARQ of 4, but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 1008 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 can receive the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 1008 that has not existed may be set to NACK, and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 1007 and the NACK may be transmitted to base station apparatus 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH1010を用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQ 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、XHARQが4であるPDSCH1007を受信したが基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信したPDSCH1008を受信することができなかった場合、端末装置1は、XNACKビット数の分のNACKを設定し、基地局装置3に該NACKを送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010. When it is triggered and the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 1007 with X HARQ of 4, but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 1008 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 receives the X NACK. NACK for the number of bits may be set and the NACK may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH1010を用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQ 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、PDSCH1008を受信したが基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信したXHARQが4であるPDSCH1007を受信することができなかった場合、端末装置1はXNACKビット数の分のNACKを設定し、基地局装置3に該NACKを送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 instructs the terminal apparatus 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ 4 and the group ID X group 1 using the PDCCH 1010. When the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 1008, but cannot receive the PDSCH 1007 whose X HARQ is 4 transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 receives the X NACK bit. It is also possible to set a number of NACKs and transmit the NACKs to the base station apparatus 3.
 端末装置1は、同じグループに属される1つまたは複数のPDSCHにおいて、同じHARQプロセス識別子が付与されることを期待しなくてもよい。端末装置1は、同じグループに属される1つまたは複数のPDSCHにおいて、異なるHARQプロセス識別子が付与されることを期待してもよい。 The terminal device 1 does not have to expect that the same HARQ process identifier is assigned to one or more PDSCHs belonging to the same group. The terminal device 1 may expect that different HARQ process identifiers are assigned to one or more PDSCHs belonging to the same group.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHを用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQに対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、HARQプロセス識別子XHARQを持つPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報が送信されたPUCCHに含まれる一部または全部のHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。基地局装置3がトリガーのために送信する該PDCCHは、グループIDを含まなくてもよい。 When the base station device 3 uses the PDCCH to trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ , the terminal device 1 determines that the HARQ Part or all of the HARQ-ACK information included in the PUCCH to which the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH having the process identifier X HARQ is transmitted may be transmitted to the base station device 3. The PDCCH transmitted by the base station apparatus 3 for the trigger may not include the group ID.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHを用いてHARQプロセス識別子XHARQに対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、HARQプロセス識別子XHARQを持つPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報が送信されたHARQ-ACKコードブックに含まれる一部または全部のHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。基地局装置3がトリガーのために送信する該PDCCHは、グループIDを含まなくてもよい。 When the base station device 3 uses the PDCCH to trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ process identifier X HARQ , the terminal device 1 determines that the HARQ Part or all of the HARQ-ACK information included in the HARQ-ACK codebook in which the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH having the process identifier X HARQ is transmitted may be transmitted to the base station apparatus 3. The PDCCH transmitted by the base station apparatus 3 for the trigger may not include the group ID.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHを用いてグループIDであるXgroupとスロット数Xrangeとに少なくとも基づいて、端末装置1にHARQ-ACK情報を送信するようにトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、トリガーを受信したスロットを0とし、該トリガーを受信したスロットからXrangeスロット前までの間に含まれるXgroupに属する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信してもよい。ここで、トリガーを受信したスロットを0とし、該トリガーを受信したスロットからXrangeスロット前までの間をHARQ-ACK報告範囲と称する。Xrangeは、DCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて端末装置1に直接通知されてもよい。または、Xrangeは、上位層パラメータの1つまたは複数の値であってもよい。該上位層パラメータに含まれる1つまたは複数の値は、DCIフォーマットのフィールドによって選択されてもよい。端末装置1は、HARQ-ACK報告範囲に含まれるXgroupに属する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報のみを送信してもよい。また、端末装置1は、HARQ-ACK報告範囲に含まれるXgroupに属する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信し、HARQ-ACK報告範囲に含まれるXgroupに属しない1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報をNACKとして送信してもよい。 When the base station device 3 triggers to transmit HARQ-ACK information to the terminal device 1 based on at least the group ID X group and the number of slots X range using the PDCCH, the terminal device 1 triggers May be set to 0, and HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or a plurality of PDSCHs belonging to the X group included between the slot receiving the trigger and the X range slot before may be transmitted. Here, the slot in which the trigger is received is set to 0, and the period from the slot in which the trigger is received to the X range slot before is called the HARQ-ACK reporting range. The X range may be directly notified to the terminal device 1 using a DCI format field. Alternatively , X range may be one or more values of higher layer parameters. One or more values included in the upper layer parameter may be selected by a DCI format field. The terminal device 1 may transmit only HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs belonging to the X group included in the HARQ-ACK report range. Further, the terminal device 1 transmits HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs belonging to the X group included in the HARQ-ACK report range, and does not belong to the X group included in the HARQ-ACK report range 1 HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs may be transmitted as NACK.
 図7は本実施形態において、HARQ-ACK報告範囲におけるHARQ-ACK報告の一例を示した図である。基地局装置3は、PDCCH710に含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、グループID 1、HARQ-ACK報告範囲を示すスロットの数Xrange 4を設定し、端末装置1にHARQ-ACK報告をトリガーする。該PDCCH710を受信した端末装置1は、HARQ-ACK報告範囲711を決定する。また、端末装置1は、HARQ-ACK報告範囲711に含まれるグループIDが1であるPDSCH707およびPDSCH708に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信する。また、図7におけるHARQ-ACK報告範囲711において、端末装置1はグループIDが1ではないPDSCH705に対応するHARQ-ACK情報をNACKと設定し、グループIDが1であるPDSCH707およびPDSCH708に対応するHARQ-ACK情報に加えて送信してもよい。この場合、端末装置1が送信するHARQ-ACK情報に対するビットの並び順は時間順であってもよい。例えば、PDSCH707に対応するHARQ-ACK情報がACKであり、かつ、PDSCH708に対応するHARQ-ACK情報がACKである場合、端末装置1は{NACK、ACK、ACK}の順でHARQ-ACK情報を報告してもよい。 FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of HARQ-ACK reports in the HARQ-ACK report range in the present embodiment. The base station device 3 sets the group ID 1 and the number of slots X range 4 indicating the HARQ-ACK report range using the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 710, and triggers the HARQ-ACK report to the terminal device 1. .. The terminal device 1 having received the PDCCH 710 determines the HARQ-ACK report range 711. Further, the terminal device 1 transmits, to the base station device 3, HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 707 and PDSCH 708 whose group ID included in the HARQ-ACK report range 711 is 1. In the HARQ-ACK reporting range 711 in FIG. 7, the terminal device 1 sets the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 705 whose group ID is not 1 to NACK, and the HARQ corresponding to the PDSCH 707 and PDSCH 708 whose group ID is 1. -It may be transmitted in addition to the ACK information. In this case, the arrangement order of the bits for the HARQ-ACK information transmitted by the terminal device 1 may be the time order. For example, when the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 707 is ACK and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 708 is ACK, the terminal device 1 transmits the HARQ-ACK information in the order of {NACK, ACK, ACK}. You may report it.
 基地局装置3は、PDCCH710に含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、グループID 1、上位層パラメータにおけるHARQ-ACK報告範囲を選択する値Xrange 4を設定し、端末装置1にHARQ-ACK報告をトリガーする。端末装置1は、該HARQ-ACK報告範囲を選択する値Xrange 4を上位層パラメータ713のインデックスとして用い、該インデックス4が示す値6をHARQ-ACK報告範囲712として決定する。また、端末装置1は、HARQ-ACK報告範囲712に含まれるグループIDが1であるPDSCH702、PDSCH707およびPDSCH708に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信する。また、図7におけるHARQ-ACK報告範囲712において、端末装置1はグループIDが1ではないPDSCH704およびPDSCH705に対応するHARQ-ACK情報をNACKと設定し、グループIDが1であるPDSCH707およびPDSCH708に対応するHARQ-ACK情報と加えて送信してもよい。この場合、端末装置1が送信するHARQ-ACK情報に対するビットの並び順は時間順であってもよい。例えば、PDSCH702に対応するHARQ-ACK情報がACKであり、かつ、PDSCH707に対応するHARQ-ACK情報がACKであり、かつ、PDSCH708に対応するHARQ-ACK情報がACKである場合、端末装置1は{ACK、NACK、NACK、ACK、ACK}の順でHARQ-ACK情報を報告してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 710 to set the group ID 1, the value X range 4 for selecting the HARQ-ACK reporting range in the upper layer parameters, and the terminal apparatus 1 to report the HARQ-ACK. Trigger. The terminal device 1 uses the value X range 4 for selecting the HARQ-ACK report range as an index of the upper layer parameter 713, and determines the value 6 indicated by the index 4 as the HARQ-ACK report range 712. Further, the terminal device 1 transmits, to the base station device 3, HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 702, PDSCH 707, and PDSCH 708 whose group ID included in the HARQ-ACK report range 712 is 1. Further, in the HARQ-ACK reporting range 712 in FIG. 7, the terminal device 1 sets HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 704 and PDSCH 705 whose group ID is not 1 to NACK, and supports PDSCH 707 and PDSCH 708 whose group ID is 1. It may be transmitted in addition to the HARQ-ACK information. In this case, the arrangement order of the bits for the HARQ-ACK information transmitted by the terminal device 1 may be the time order. For example, when the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 702 is ACK, the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 707 is ACK, and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 708 is ACK, the terminal device 1 HARQ-ACK information may be reported in the order of {ACK, NACK, NACK, ACK, ACK}.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHを用いてHARQ-ACK報告範囲Xrangeと、グループID Xgroupと、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信した該HARQ-ACK報告範囲Xrange、および/または、該グループID Xgroupと、に対応するPDSCHを受信できなかった場合、端末装置1はXNACKのビット数の分のNACKを設定して基地局装置3に該NACKを送信してもよい。ここで、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、所定の値であってもよい。また、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、上位層パラメータによって設定されてもよいし、DCIフォーマットを用いて通知してもよい。XNACKは、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、1704以下であってもよい。 The base station device 3 instructs the terminal device 1 to transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range and the group ID X group using the PDCCH. Triggered, and the terminal device 1 could not receive the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ-ACK report range X range and/or the group ID X group which the base station device 3 transmitted to the terminal device 1. If the terminal apparatus 1 may transmit the NACK by setting the amount of the NACK bit number X NACK to the base station apparatus 3. Here, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Moreover, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format. X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH710を用いてHARQ-ACK報告範囲Xrange 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信したPDSCH707およびPDSCH708を受信することができなかった場合、端末装置1はXNACKビット数の分のNACKを設定し、基地局装置3に該NACKを送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the PDCCH 710 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range 4 and the group ID X group 1. 1 and the terminal device 1 cannot receive the PDSCH 707 and PDSCH 708 transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 sets NACK for the number of X NACK bits. However, the NACK may be transmitted to the base station device 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH710を用いてHARQ-ACK報告範囲Xrange 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、HARQ-ACK報告範囲に含まれるPDSCH707を受信したが基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信したPDSCH708を受信することができなかった場合、端末装置1はPDSCH707に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the PDCCH 710 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range 4 and the group ID X group 1. 1 and the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 707 included in the HARQ-ACK report range but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 708 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 May transmit HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 707 to base station apparatus 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH710を用いてHARQ-ACK報告範囲Xrange 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、HARQ-ACK報告範囲に含まれるPDSCH707を受信したが基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信したPDSCH708を受信することができなかった場合、端末装置1は、受信できなかったPDSCH708に対応するHARQ-ACK情報をNACKに設定し、PDSCH707に対応するHARQ-ACK情報と、該NACKと、を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the PDCCH 710 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range 4 and the group ID X group 1. 1 and the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 707 included in the HARQ-ACK report range but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 708 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 May set HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 708 that could not be received to NACK, and transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 707 and the NACK to base station apparatus 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH710を用いてHARQ-ACK報告範囲Xrange 4と、グループID Xgroup 1と、に対応する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、HARQ-ACK報告範囲に含まれるPDSCH707を受信したが基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信したPDSCH708を受信することができなかった場合、端末装置1は、XNACKビット数の分のNACKを設定し、基地局装置3に該NACKを送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the PDCCH 710 to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK reporting range X range 4 and the group ID X group 1. 1 and the terminal device 1 receives the PDSCH 707 included in the HARQ-ACK report range but the base station device 3 cannot receive the PDSCH 708 transmitted to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 May set NACK for the number of X NACK bits and transmit the NACK to the base station apparatus 3.
 基地局装置3がトリガーに用いるXrangeに基づくHARQ報告範囲内において、端末装置1は、基地局装置3がトリガーしたXgroupのグループIDを持つ1つまたは複数のPDSCHを基地局装置3が送信したとみなしても(assume)よい。 Within the HARQ reporting range based on the X range used by the base station device 3 for the trigger, the terminal device 1 transmits one or more PDSCHs having the group ID of the X group triggered by the base station device 3 by the base station device 3. It may be considered as done.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、該PDCCHを受信したスロットを0とし、Xindicateスロット前に受信したPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、Xindicate前のスロットで受信したPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信したPUCCHに関連する(associated)HARQ-ACK情報を送信してもよい。ここで、‘PUCCHに関連するHARQ-ACK情報’とは、該PUCCHで送信された一部または全部のHARQ-ACK情報を意味してもよい。該PUCCHに関連するHARQ-ACK情報に対する1つまたは複数のPDSCHは、同じグループIDを持ってもよいし、異なるグループIDを持ってもよい。Xindicateは、DCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて端末装置1に直接通知されてもよい。または、Xindicateは、上位層パラメータの1つまたは複数の値であってもよい。該上位層パラメータに含まれる1つまたは複数の値は、DCIフォーマットのフィールドによって選択されてもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the field of the DCI format included in the PDCCH to set the slot that received the PDCCH to 0, and to transmit the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH received before the X indicate slot, the terminal apparatus When triggered to 1, the terminal device 1 may transmit the HARQ-ACK information associated with the PUCCH that has transmitted the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH received in the slot before X indication . Here, the'HARQ-ACK information related to PUCCH' may mean a part or all of HARQ-ACK information transmitted on the PUCCH. One or more PDSCHs for HARQ-ACK information related to the PUCCH may have the same group ID or different group IDs. The X indicator may be directly notified to the terminal device 1 using a DCI format field. Alternatively , Xindicate may be one or more values of higher layer parameters. One or more values included in the upper layer parameter may be selected by a DCI format field.
 図8は本実施形態において、指示されたスロットのPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信する方法の一例を示した図である。基地局装置3が、PDCCH810に含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いてHARQ-ACK報告の対象となるPDSCHを受信したスロットを示すXindicateの値4に少なくとも基づいて端末装置1にHARQ-ACK報告をトリガーする場合、該PDCCH810を受信した端末装置1は、Xindicate 4スロット前で受信したPDSCH805を選択し、該PDSCH805に対応するHARQ-ACK情報と、該HARQ-ACK情報を送信したPUCCH806に関連するPDSCH804に対応するHARQ-ACK情報と、を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an example of a method of transmitting HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH of the designated slot in the present embodiment. The base station apparatus 3 sends the HARQ-ACK report to the terminal apparatus 1 based on at least the value 4 of Xindicate indicating the slot in which the PDSCH that is the target of the HARQ-ACK report is received using the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 810. If the trigger, the terminal apparatus 1 which has received the PDCCH810, select the PDSCH805 received in the previous X Indicate 4 slots, and HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH805, associated with PUCCH806 that has transmitted the HARQ-ACK information HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 804 and the base station apparatus 3 may be transmitted.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH810に含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いてHARQ-ACK情報の報告の対象となるPDSCHを受信したスロットを示すXindicateの値4に少なくとも基づいて端末装置1にHARQ-ACK報告をトリガーする場合、該PDCCH810を受信した端末装置1は、Xindicate 4が上位層パラメータ813のインデックスとして示す値6を選択し、6スロット前で受信したPDSCH802に対応するHARQ-ACK情報と、該HARQ-ACK情報を送信したPUCCH803に関連するPDSCH801に対応するHARQ-ACK情報と、を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 810 to notify the terminal apparatus 1 of the HARQ-ACK based on at least the value 4 of Xindicate indicating the slot in which the PDSCH for which HARQ-ACK information is reported is received. When triggering the report, the terminal device 1 that has received the PDCCH 810 selects the value 6 indicated by the X indicator 4 as the index of the upper layer parameter 813, and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 802 received 6 slots before, HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 801 related to PUCCH 803 that has transmitted the HARQ-ACK information may be transmitted to base station apparatus 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、該PDCCHを受信したスロットを0とし、Xindicateスロット前に受信したPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信したPUCCHに関連する一部または全部のHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信した該Xindicateスロット前のPDSCHを受信できなかった場合、端末装置1はXNACKのビット数の分のNACKを設定し基地局装置3に該NACKを送信してもよい。ここで、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、所定の値であってもよい。また、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、上位層パラメータによって設定されてもよいし、DCIフォーマットを用いて通知されてもよい。XNACKは、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、1704以下であってもよい。 The base station device 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH to set the slot that received the PDCCH to 0, and relates to the PUCCH that transmitted the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH received before the X indicate slot. Trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit some or all of the HARQ-ACK information, and the terminal device 1 cannot receive the PDSCH before the X indicate slot transmitted by the base station device 3 to the terminal device 1. and if the terminal apparatus 1 may transmit the NACK to the base station apparatus 3 sets the minute NACK bit number X NACK. Here, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Further, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter or may be notified by using a DCI format. X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH810に含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、該PDCCH810を受信したスロットを0とし、Xindicate 4スロット前に受信したPDSCHに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信したPUCCHに関連する一部または全部のHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1が、基地局装置3が端末装置1に送信した該Xindicate 4スロット前のPDSCH805を受信できなかった場合、端末装置1はXNACKビット数の分のNACKを設定し、基地局装置3に該NACKを送信してもよい。ここで、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、所定の値であってもよい。また、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、上位層パラメータによって設定されてもよいし、DCIフォーマットを用いて通知されてもよい。XNACKは、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、1704以下であってもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 810 to set the slot that received the PDCCH 810 to 0, and relates to the PUCCH that transmitted the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH received 4 slots before X indicate. to trigger the terminal device 1 to transmit some or HARQ-ACK information of the whole, and the terminal device 1, the X Indicate 4 slot before receiving the PDSCH805 the base station apparatus 3 has transmitted to the terminal device 1 If not possible, the terminal device 1 may set NACK for the number of X NACK bits and transmit the NACK to the base station device 3. Here, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Further, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter or may be notified by using a DCI format. X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、該PDCCHを受信したスロットを0とし、Xindicateスロット前に端末装置1が送信したPUCCHに関連するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、Xindicateスロット前で送信したPUCCHに含まれる一部または全部のHARQ-ACK情報を送信してもよい。該PUCCHに含まれる1つまたは複数のHARQ-ACK情報に対する1つまたは複数のPDSCHは、同じグループIDを持ってもよいし、異なるグループIDを持ってもよい。Xindicateは、DCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて端末装置1に直接通知されてもよい。または、Xindicateは、上位層パラメータの1つまたは複数の値であってもよい。該上位層パラメータに含まれる1つまたは複数の値は、DCIフォーマットのフィールドによって選択されてもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH to set the slot in which the PDCCH is received to 0, and transmits HARQ-ACK information related to the PUCCH transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 before the X indicate slot. When the terminal device 1 is triggered as described above, the terminal device 1 may transmit a part or all of HARQ-ACK information included in the PUCCH transmitted before the X indicate slot. One or more PDSCHs for one or more HARQ-ACK information included in the PUCCH may have the same group ID or different group IDs. The X indicator may be directly notified to the terminal device 1 using a DCI format field. Alternatively , Xindicate may be one or more values of higher layer parameters. One or more values included in the upper layer parameter may be selected by a DCI format field.
 図9は本実施形態において、指示されたスロットのPUCCHに含まれるHARQ-ACK情報を送信する方法の一例を示した図である。基地局装置3が、PDCCH910に含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、該PDCCH910を受信したスロットを0とし、Xindicate 3スロット前に端末装置1が送信したPUCCH906に関連するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、Xindicate 3スロット前で送信したPUCCH906を選択し、該PUCCH906に含まれるPDSCH904および/またはPDSCH905に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a method of transmitting HARQ-ACK information included in the PUCCH of the designated slot in the present embodiment. The base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 910 to set the slot in which the PDCCH 910 was received to 0, and transmits HARQ-ACK information related to the PUCCH 906 transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 three slots before X indicate. When the terminal device 1 is triggered to do so, the terminal device 1 selects the PUCCH 906 transmitted 3 slots before the X indicate , and outputs the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH 904 and/or PDSCH 905 included in the PUCCH 906 to the base station device. 3 may be transmitted.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCH910に含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、該PDCCH910を受信したスロットを0とし、Xindicate 3が示す上位層パラメータの値に少なくとも基づいて以前のスロットに端末装置1が送信したPUCCHに関連するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーした場合、端末装置1は、Xindicateが上位層パラメータ913のインデックスとして示す値5を選択し、5スロット前で送信したPUCCH903に含まれるPDSCH901および/またはPDSCH902に対応するHARQ-ACK情報を基地局装置3に送信してもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH 910 to set the slot in which the PDCCH 910 is received to 0, and the terminal apparatus 1 is set to the previous slot based on at least the value of the upper layer parameter indicated by the X indicator 3. When the terminal device 1 is triggered to transmit the HARQ-ACK information related to the transmitted PUCCH, the terminal device 1 selects the value 5 indicated by X indicator as the index of the upper layer parameter 913, and transmits 5 slots before. HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH 901 and/or PDSCH 902 included in PUCCH 903 may be transmitted to base station apparatus 3.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、該PDCCHを受信したスロットを0とし、Xindicateスロット前に端末装置1が送信したPUCCHに関連するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1がXindicateに基づくスロット数の前のスロットで送信したPUCCHがない場合、端末装置1はXNACKのビット数の分のNACKを設定して基地局装置3に該NACKを送信してもよい。ここで該NACKのビット数XNACKは、所定の値であってもよい。また、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、上位層パラメータによって設定されてもよいし、DCIフォーマットを用いて通知してもよい。XNACKは、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、1704以下であってもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH to set the slot in which the PDCCH is received to 0, and transmits HARQ-ACK information related to the PUCCH transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 before the X indicate slot. When there is no PUCCH transmitted in the slot before the number of slots based on X indicator , the terminal device 1 sets NACK for the number of bits of X NACK. The NACK may be transmitted to the base station device 3. Here, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Moreover, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format. X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
 基地局装置3が、PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて、該PDCCHを受信したスロットを0とし、Xindicateに基づく値に該当する前のスロットに端末装置1が送信したPUCCHに関連するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するように端末装置1にトリガーし、かつ、端末装置1がXindicateに基づく値に該当する前のスロットに送信したPUCCHがない場合、端末装置1はXNACKビット数の分のNACKを設定し、基地局装置3に送信してもよい。ここで該NACKのビット数XNACKは、所定の値であってもよい。また、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、上位層パラメータによって設定されてもよいし、DCIフォーマットを用いて通知してもよい。XNACKは、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、1704以下であってもよい。 The base station apparatus 3 uses the DCI format field included in the PDCCH to set the slot that received the PDCCH to 0, and relates to the PUCCH transmitted by the terminal apparatus 1 to the previous slot corresponding to the value based on X indicator. When the terminal device 1 is triggered to transmit the HARQ-ACK information and there is no PUCCH transmitted in the previous slot corresponding to the value based on the X indicator , the terminal device 1 determines the number of X NACK bits. Alternatively, NACK minutes may be set and transmitted to the base station device 3. Here, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Moreover, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format. X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
 基地局装置3がトリガーしたあるスロット、および/または、HARQ-ACK報告範囲において、対象となるPDSCHがない場合、端末装置1は基地局装置3にNACKを送信してもよい。ここで該NACKのビット数XNACKは、所定の値であってもよい。また、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、上位層パラメータによって設定されてもよいし、DCIフォーマットを用いて通知してもよい。XNACKは、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、1704以下であってもよい。 If there is no PDSCH of interest in a certain slot and/or HARQ-ACK reporting range triggered by the base station apparatus 3, the terminal apparatus 1 may transmit a NACK to the base station apparatus 3. Here, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Moreover, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format. X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
 基地局装置3がトリガーしたあるスロット、および/または、HARQ-ACK報告範囲において、トリガーしたグループIDを持つPDSCHがない場合、端末装置1は基地局装置3にNACKを送信してもよい。ここで該NACKのビット数XNACKは、所定の値であってもよい。また、該NACKのビット数XNACKは、上位層パラメータによって設定されてもよいし、DCIフォーマットを用いて通知してもよい。XNACKは、1であってもよいし、2であってもよいし、1704以下であってもよい。 When there is no PDSCH having the triggered group ID in a certain slot and/or HARQ-ACK reporting range triggered by the base station apparatus 3, the terminal apparatus 1 may transmit NACK to the base station apparatus 3. Here, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be a predetermined value. Moreover, the number of bits X NACK of the NACK may be set by an upper layer parameter, or may be notified using a DCI format. X NACK may be 1, 2 or 1704 or less.
 基地局装置3がHARQ-ACK情報の送信のトリガーに用いるPDCCHにおいて、該PDCCHは、該HARQ-ACK情報の報告のためのPUCCHリソースを指定するDCIフォーマットのフィールドを含んでもよい。 In the PDCCH used by the base station apparatus 3 to trigger transmission of HARQ-ACK information, the PDCCH may include a DCI format field that specifies a PUCCH resource for reporting the HARQ-ACK information.
 基地局装置3がPDCCHを用いてHARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーする場合、該PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのフィールドを用いて端末装置1にグループIDを通知(indicate)してもよい。 When the base station device 3 triggers the transmission of HARQ-ACK information using the PDCCH, the group ID may be notified to the terminal device 1 using the DCI format field included in the PDCCH.
 基地局装置3がPDCCHを用いてHARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーする場合、該PDCCHがマップされるCCEインデックスに少なくとも基づいて端末装置1にグループIDを通知してもよい。ここで該CCEインデックスは該PDCCHがマップされる最初のCCEインデックスであってもよいし、該PDCCHがマップされる最後のCCEインデックスであってもよい。例えば、グループIDは{最初のCCEインデックス mod Xtotal}であってもよい。ここでXtotalはグループの総数であってもよい。また、Xtotalは所定の値であってもよい。また、グループIDは{floor(最後のCCEインデックス/Xtotal)}であってもよい。 When the base station apparatus 3 triggers the transmission of HARQ-ACK information using the PDCCH, the group ID may be notified to the terminal apparatus 1 based on at least the CCE index to which the PDCCH is mapped. Here, the CCE index may be the first CCE index to which the PDCCH is mapped or the last CCE index to which the PDCCH is mapped. For example, the group ID may be {first CCE index mod X total }. Here, X total may be the total number of groups. Further, X total may be a predetermined value. Further, the group ID may be {floor (last CCE index/X total )}.
 基地局装置3がPDCCHを用いてHARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーする場合、該PDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックスに少なくとも基づいて端末装置1にグループIDを通知してもよい。例えば、グループIDは{PDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックス mod Xtotal}であってもよい。また、グループIDは{floor(PDCCHを検出したCORESETのインデックス/Xtotal)}であってもよい。 When the base station device 3 triggers the transmission of HARQ-ACK information using the PDCCH, the group ID may be notified to the terminal device 1 based on at least the index of CORESET that detected the PDCCH. For example, the group ID may be {index MOD X total of CORESET detecting PDCCH}. Further, the group ID may be {floor(index of CORESET detecting PDCCH/X total )}.
 基地局装置3がPDCCHを用いてHARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーする場合、該PDCCHを検出した探索領域セット(search space set)のインデックスに少なくとも基づいて端末装置1にグループIDを通知してもよい。例えば、グループIDは{PDCCHを検出した探索領域セットのインデックス mod Xtotal}であってもよい。また、グループIDは{floor(PDCCHを検出した探索領域セットのインデックス/Xtotal)}であってもよい。 When the base station device 3 triggers the transmission of HARQ-ACK information using the PDCCH, even if the terminal device 1 is notified of the group ID based on at least the index of the search region set (search space set) in which the PDCCH is detected. Good. For example, the group ID may be {index mod X total of the search area set in which the PDCCH is detected}. Further, the group ID may be {floor(index of search area set in which PDCCH is detected/X total )}.
 基地局装置3がPDCCHを用いてHARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーする場合、該PDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットのPUCCHリソースインジケータ(PUCCH resource indicator)に少なくとも基づいて端末装置1にグループIDを通知してもよい。該PUCCHリソースインジケータは、トリガーに対応するHARQ-ACK情報を送信するPUCCHのPUCCHリソースを示しても良い。例えば、グループIDは{PUCCHリソースインジケータの値 mod Xtotal}であってもよい。また、グループIDは{floor(PUCCHリソースインジケータの値/Xtotal)}であってもよい。 When the base station apparatus 3 triggers the transmission of HARQ-ACK information using the PDCCH, the base station apparatus 3 notifies the terminal apparatus 1 of the group ID based on at least the PUCCH resource indicator of the DCI format included in the PDCCH (PUCCH resource indicator). Good. The PUCCH resource indicator may indicate the PUCCH resource of the PUCCH that transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the trigger. For example, the group ID may be {PUCCH resource indicator value mod X total }. The group ID may be {floor(value of PUCCH resource indicator/X total )}.
 以下、本実施形態の一態様に係る種々の装置の態様を説明する。 Hereinafter, aspects of various devices according to one aspect of the present embodiment will be described.
 (1)上記の目的を達成するために、本発明の態様は、以下のような手段を講じた。すなわち、本発明の第1の態様は、端末装置であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信する受信部と、 前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信する送信部と、を備える。 (1) In order to achieve the above object, the embodiments of the present invention take the following means. That is, a first aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, which includes one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and one or more consecutive PDSCHs having a second group ID. Second PDSCH and a receiving unit that receives the second PDCCH instructing the transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the HARQ-ACK information according to the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH. Is triggered and the first or second group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, the continuous one or more first PDSCH and the Transmission for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the consecutive one or more PDSCHs And a section.
 (2)本実施形態の第1の態様において、PDSCHが対応する前記グループIDは、要素1、要素2、要素3、要素4、要素5、要素6、要素7、および、要素8の一部または全部に少なくとも基づいて与えられ、
 前記要素1は、前記PDSCHをスケジューリングする第1のPDCCHのCCEインデックスであり、
 前記要素2は、前記第1のPDCCHの制御リソースセットのインデックスであり、
 前記要素3は、前記第1のPDCCHの探索領域セットのインデックスであり、
 前記要素4は、前記第1のPDSCHのHARQプロセス識別子であり、
 前記要素5は、前記第1のPDSCHのスロットインデックスであり、
 前記要素6は、前記第1のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットに含まれるPUCCHリソース指示フィールド(PUCCH resource indicator field)が示す値であり、
 前記要素7は、前記PDSCHに与えられるリソースブロックのインデックスであり、
 前記要素8は、前記第1のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第3のフィールドの値である。
(2) In the first aspect of the present embodiment, the group ID corresponding to the PDSCH is element 1, element 2, element 3, element 4, element 5, element 6, element 7, and part of element 8 Or given at least based on everything,
The element 1 is a CCE index of a first PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH,
The element 2 is an index of a control resource set of the first PDCCH,
The element 3 is an index of the search region set of the first PDCCH,
The element 4 is a HARQ process identifier of the first PDSCH,
The element 5 is a slot index of the first PDSCH,
The element 6 is a value indicated by a PUCCH resource indicator field included in the DCI format included in the first PDCCH,
The element 7 is an index of a resource block given to the PDSCH,
The element 8 is the value of the third field of the DCI format included in the first PDCCH.
 (3)本実施形態の第2の態様は、端末装置であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHの第1のグループと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHの第2のグループと、前記第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHの第3のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信する受信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1のグループIDが示される場合、前記第1から第3のグループのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ前記第3のグループに属する前記連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信する送信部と、を備え、前記第1のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも前に受信され、前記第3のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも後に受信される。 (3) A second aspect of the present embodiment is a terminal device, which includes a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. A second group of contiguous one or more second PDSCHs, a third group of contiguous one or more third PDSCHs having the first group ID, and HARQ-ACK information The receiving unit that receives the second PDCCH instructing the transmission and the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH is transmitted. If the second field of the included DCI format indicates the first group ID, the first to third groups having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field. A transmitting unit that transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more third PDSCHs that belong to the third group, the first PDSCH before the second PDSCH. And the third PDSCH is received later than the second PDSCH.
 (4)本実施形態の第3の態様は、端末装置であって、複数のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信する受信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによってグループIDが示される場合、前記第2のフィールドによって示されたグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ最後に受信されたグループに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信する送信部と、を備え、前記複数のグループのそれぞれは、同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHによって構成される。 (4) A third aspect of the present embodiment is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of groups, a receiving unit that receives a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and a second PDCCH. If the value of the first field of the included DCI format triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates a group ID, the second And a transmitter for transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the field of FIG. It is composed of one or more continuous PDSCHs.
 (5)本実施形態の第4の態様は、端末装置であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを受信する受信部と、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第1のPUCCHで送信する送信部を備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報と一緒に送信された全ての前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで送信する。 (5) A fourth aspect of the present embodiment is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a receiving unit which receives a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PDSCHs. A plurality of HARQ-ACK information for PDSCH of the first PUCCH is transmitted, and a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier is received, and the HARQ process identifier is All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted together with the HARQ-ACK information for the used PDSCH are transmitted on the second PUCCH.
 (6)本実施形態の第5の態様は、端末装置であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを受信する受信部と、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を含むHARQ-ACK codebookを第1のPUCCHで送信する送信部を備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報を含む前記HARQ-ACK codebookで送信された前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで送信する。 (6) A fifth aspect of the present embodiment is a terminal device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a receiving unit which receives a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and a plurality of the plurality of PDSCHs. Of the PDSCH, the HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information is provided on the first PUCCH, and the second PDCCH indicating the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information including the HARQ process identifier is received. , The plurality of HARQ-ACK information transmitted in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is transmitted in a second PUCCH.
 (7)本実施形態の第6の態様は、基地局装置であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信する送信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信する受信部と、を備える。 (7) A sixth aspect of the present embodiment is a base station apparatus, which is one or a plurality of consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a consecutive one having a second group ID. A transmitting unit that transmits one or more second PDSCHs, a second PDCCH that instructs transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the HARQ according to the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH. -If it triggers the transmission of ACK information and the first or second group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, then the first or more consecutive first The HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the PDSCH and the one or more consecutive second PDSCHs. A receiving unit for receiving.
 (8)本実施形態の第6の態様において、PDSCHが対応する前記グループIDは、要素1、要素2、要素3、要素4、要素5、要素6、要素7、および、要素8の一部または全部に少なくとも基づいて与えられ、
 前記要素1は、前記PDSCHをスケジューリングする第1のPDCCHのCCEインデックスであり、
 前記要素2は、前記第1のPDCCHの制御リソースセットのインデックスであり、
 前記要素3は、前記第1のPDCCHの探索領域セットのインデックスであり、
 前記要素4は、前記第1のPDSCHのHARQプロセス識別子であり、
 前記要素5は、前記第1のPDSCHのスロットインデックスであり、
 前記要素6は、前記第1のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットに含まれるPUCCHリソース指示フィールド(PUCCH resource indicator field)が示す値であり、
 前記要素7は、前記PDSCHに与えられるリソースブロックのインデックスであり、
 前記要素8は、前記第1のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第3のフィールドの値である。
(8) In the sixth aspect of the present embodiment, the group ID corresponding to the PDSCH is element 1, element 2, element 3, element 4, element 5, element 6, element 7, and part of element 8 Or given at least based on everything,
The element 1 is a CCE index of a first PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH,
The element 2 is an index of a control resource set of the first PDCCH,
The element 3 is an index of the search region set of the first PDCCH,
The element 4 is a HARQ process identifier of the first PDSCH,
The element 5 is a slot index of the first PDSCH,
The element 6 is a value indicated by a PUCCH resource indicator field included in the DCI format included in the first PDCCH,
The element 7 is an index of a resource block given to the PDSCH,
The element 8 is the value of the third field of the DCI format included in the first PDCCH.
 (9)本実施形態の第7の態様は、基地局装置であって、第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHの第1のグループと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHの第2のグループと、前記第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHの第3のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信する送信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1のグループIDが示される場合、前記第1から第3のグループのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ前記第3のグループに属する前記連続する1つまたは複数の第3のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信する受信部と、を備え、前記第1のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも前に送信され、前記第3のPDSCHは、前記第2のPDSCHよりも後に送信される。 (9) A seventh aspect of the present embodiment is a base station device, which includes a first group of one or more consecutive first PDSCHs having a first group ID and a second group ID. A second group of contiguous one or more second PDSCHs with the same, a third group of contiguous one or more third PDSCHs with the first group ID, and HARQ-ACK information. And a transmitter for transmitting a second PDCCH instructing transmission of the HARQ-ACK information according to the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and the second PDCCH. When the first group ID is indicated by the second field of the DCI format included in the above, the first group ID has the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the second field among the first to third groups. A receiving unit that receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the one or more third PDSCHs that belong to a third group, the first PDSCH being greater than the second PDSCH. Transmitted earlier, the third PDSCH is transmitted later than the second PDSCH.
 (10)本実施形態の第8の態様は、基地局装置であって、複数のグループと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信する送信部と、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによってグループIDが示される場合、前記第2のフィールドによって示されたグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ最後に受信されたグループに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信する受信部と、を備え、前記複数のグループのそれぞれは、同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHによって構成される。 (10) An eighth aspect of the present embodiment is a base station device, which includes a plurality of groups, a transmission unit that transmits a second PDCCH instructing transmission of HARQ-ACK information, and the second PDCCH. If the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second triggers the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information and the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH indicates a group ID, A receiving unit for receiving the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the last received group having the same group ID as the group ID indicated by the field 2 in the above, each of the plurality of groups having the same group ID. Is configured by one or more consecutive PDSCHs having
 (11)本実施形態の第9の態様は、基地局装置であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを送信する送信部と、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第1のPUCCHで受信する受信部を備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の受信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報と一緒に受信された全ての前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで受信する。 (11) A ninth aspect of the present embodiment is a base station device, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a transmission unit that transmits a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and A receiving unit for receiving a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for a plurality of PDSCHs on a first PUCCH, transmitting a second PDCCH instructing reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier, and transmitting the HARQ process identifiers. All the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received together with the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH used for are received on the second PUCCH.
 (12)本実施形態の第10の態様は、基地局装置であって、複数の第1のPDCCHと、前記複数の第1のPDCCHによりスケジュールされる複数のPDSCHを送信する送信部と、前記複数のPDSCHに対する複数のHARQ-ACK情報を含むHARQ-ACK codebookを第1のPUCCHで受信する受信部を備え、HARQプロセス識別子を含む、HARQ-ACK情報の受信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信し、前記HARQプロセス識別子が用いられた前記PDSCHに対する前記HARQ-ACK情報を含む前記HARQ-ACK codebookで受信された前記複数のHARQ-ACK情報を第2のPUCCHで受信する。 (12) A tenth aspect of the present embodiment is a base station apparatus, which includes a plurality of first PDCCHs, a transmission unit that transmits a plurality of PDSCHs scheduled by the plurality of first PDCCHs, and A second PDCCH that includes a HARQ-ACK codebook including a plurality of HARQ-ACK information for a plurality of PDSCHs is received on the first PUCCH, and a second PDCCH that indicates reception of HARQ-ACK information including a HARQ process identifier is received. Then, the plurality of HARQ-ACK information received in the HARQ-ACK codebook including the HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH using the HARQ process identifier is received in the second PUCCH.
 本発明に関わる基地局装置3、および端末装置1で動作するプログラムは、本発明に関わる上記実施形態の機能を実現するように、CPU(Central Processing Unit)等を制御するプログラム(コンピュータを機能させるプログラム)であってもよい。そして、これら装置で取り扱われる情報は、その処理時に一時的にRAM(Random Access Memory)に蓄積され、その後、Flash ROM(Read Only Memory)などの各種ROMやHDD(Hard Disk Drive)に格納され、必要に応じてCPUによって読み出し、修正・書き込みが行われる。 A program that operates in the base station device 3 and the terminal device 1 according to the present invention controls a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and the like (functions a computer so as to realize the functions of the above-described embodiments related to the present invention. Program). The information handled by these devices is temporarily stored in RAM (Random Access Memory) during processing, and then stored in various ROMs such as Flash ROM (Read Only Memory) and HDD (Hard Disk Drive). If necessary, the CPU reads, corrects and writes.
 尚、上述した実施形態における端末装置1、基地局装置3の一部、をコンピュータで実現するようにしてもよい。その場合、この制御機能を実現するためのプログラムをコンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録して、この記録媒体に記録されたプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませ、実行することによって実現してもよい。 The terminal device 1 and a part of the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiment may be realized by a computer. In that case, the program for realizing the control function may be recorded in a computer-readable recording medium, and the program recorded in the recording medium may be read by a computer system and executed.
 尚、ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、端末装置1、又は基地局装置3に内蔵されたコンピュータシステムであって、OSや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含むものとする。また、「コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、フレキシブルディスク、光磁気ディスク、ROM、CD-ROM等の可搬媒体、コンピュータシステムに内蔵されるハードディスク等の記憶装置のことをいう。 The “computer system” mentioned here is a computer system built in the terminal device 1 or the base station device 3, and includes an OS and hardware such as peripheral devices. The “computer-readable recording medium” refers to a portable medium such as a flexible disk, a magneto-optical disk, a ROM, a CD-ROM, or a storage device such as a hard disk built in a computer system.
 さらに「コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、インターネット等のネットワークや電話回線等の通信回線を介してプログラムを送信する場合の通信線のように、短時間、動的にプログラムを保持するもの、その場合のサーバやクライアントとなるコンピュータシステム内部の揮発性メモリのように、一定時間プログラムを保持しているものも含んでもよい。また上記プログラムは、前述した機能の一部を実現するためのものであっても良く、さらに前述した機能をコンピュータシステムにすでに記録されているプログラムとの組み合わせで実現できるものであってもよい。 Further, the "computer-readable recording medium" means a program that dynamically holds a program for a short time, such as a communication line when the program is transmitted through a network such as the Internet or a communication line such as a telephone line. In such a case, a volatile memory inside a computer system that serves as a server or a client, which holds a program for a certain period of time, may be included. Further, the program may be for realizing a part of the above-described functions, and may be a program for realizing the above-mentioned functions in combination with a program already recorded in the computer system.
 また、上述した実施形態における基地局装置3は、複数の装置から構成される集合体(装置グループ)として実現することもできる。装置グループを構成する装置の各々は、上述した実施形態に関わる基地局装置3の各機能または各機能ブロックの一部、または、全部を備えてもよい。装置グループとして、基地局装置3の一通りの各機能または各機能ブロックを有していればよい。また、上述した実施形態に関わる端末装置1は、集合体としての基地局装置と通信することも可能である。 Also, the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiment can be realized as an aggregate (device group) composed of a plurality of devices. Each of the devices forming the device group may include a part or all of the functions or function blocks of the base station device 3 according to the above-described embodiment. It suffices that each device group has one or more functions or each functional block of the base station device 3. Further, the terminal device 1 according to the above-described embodiment can also communicate with the base station device as an aggregate.
 また、上述した実施形態における基地局装置3は、EUTRAN(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network)および/またはNG-RAN(NextGen RAN,NR RAN)であってもよい。また、上述した実施形態における基地局装置3は、eNodeBおよび/またはgNBに対する上位ノードの機能の一部または全部を有してもよい。 The base station device 3 in the above-described embodiments may be EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) and/or NG-RAN (Next Gen RAN, NR RAN). Further, the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiment may have a part or all of the functions of the upper node with respect to the eNodeB and/or the gNB.
 また、上述した実施形態における端末装置1、基地局装置3の一部、又は全部を典型的には集積回路であるLSIとして実現してもよいし、チップセットとして実現してもよい。端末装置1、基地局装置3の各機能ブロックは個別にチップ化してもよいし、一部、又は全部を集積してチップ化してもよい。また、集積回路化の手法はLSIに限らず専用回路、又は汎用プロセッサで実現してもよい。また、半導体技術の進歩によりLSIに代替する集積回路化の技術が出現した場合、当該技術による集積回路を用いることも可能である。 Further, part or all of the terminal device 1 and the base station device 3 in the above-described embodiments may be realized as an LSI which is typically an integrated circuit, or may be realized as a chip set. Each functional block of the terminal device 1 and the base station device 3 may be individually made into a chip, or a part or all of them may be integrated and made into a chip. Further, the method of circuit integration is not limited to LSI, and may be realized by a dedicated circuit or a general-purpose processor. In addition, when a technique for forming an integrated circuit that replaces LSI appears with the progress of semiconductor technology, it is also possible to use an integrated circuit according to the technique.
 また、上述した実施形態では、通信装置の一例として端末装置を記載したが、本願発明は、これに限定されるものではなく、屋内外に設置される据え置き型、または非可動型の電子機器、たとえば、AV機器、キッチン機器、掃除・洗濯機器、空調機器、オフィス機器、自動販売機、その他生活機器などの端末装置もしくは通信装置にも適用出来る。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the terminal device is described as an example of the communication device, but the present invention is not limited to this, a stationary type electronic device installed indoors or outdoors, or a non-movable electronic device, For example, it can be applied to terminal devices or communication devices such as AV equipment, kitchen equipment, cleaning/laundry equipment, air conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, and other household appliances.
 以上、この発明の実施形態に関して図面を参照して詳述してきたが、具体的な構成はこの実施形態に限られるものではなく、この発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲の設計変更等も含まれる。また、本発明は、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。また、上記各実施形態に記載された要素であり、同様の効果を奏する要素同士を置換した構成も含まれる。 Although the embodiment of the present invention has been described in detail above with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to this embodiment, and includes design changes and the like within a range not departing from the gist of the present invention. Further, the present invention can be variously modified within the scope of the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining the technical means disclosed in different embodiments are also included in the technical scope of the present invention. Be done. Further, a configuration in which elements described in each of the above embodiments and having the same effect are replaced with each other is also included.

Claims (6)

  1.  第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信する受信部と、
     前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信する送信部と、を備える
     端末装置。
    A first one or more consecutive PDSCHs having a first group ID, one or more consecutive second PDSCHs having a second group ID, and a first instruction to transmit HARQ-ACK information. A receiver for receiving the PDCCH of 2;
    The transmission of the HARQ-ACK information is triggered by the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and the first or the first by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH. When two group IDs are indicated, the same group as the group ID indicated by the second field among the consecutive one or more first PDSCHs and the consecutive one or more second PDSCHs. A terminal device, comprising: a transmitter that transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having an ID.
  2.  PDSCHが対応する前記グループIDは、要素1、要素2、要素3、要素4、要素5、要素6、要素7、および、要素8の一部または全部に少なくとも基づいて与えられ、
     前記要素1は、前記PDSCHをスケジューリングする第1のPDCCHのCCEインデックスであり、
     前記要素2は、前記第1のPDCCHの制御リソースセットのインデックスであり、
     前記要素3は、前記第1のPDCCHの探索領域セットのインデックスであり、
     前記要素4は、前記第1のPDSCHのHARQプロセス識別子であり、
     前記要素5は、前記第1のPDSCHのスロットインデックスであり、
     前記要素6は、前記第1のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットに含まれるPUCCHリソース指示フィールド(PUCCH resource indicator field)が示す値であり、
     前記要素7は、前記PDSCHに与えられるリソースブロックのインデックスであり、
     前記要素8は、前記第1のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第3のフィールドの値である
     請求項1に記載の端末装置。
    The group ID to which the PDSCH corresponds is given based on at least part or all of element 1, element 2, element 3, element 4, element 5, element 6, element 7, and element 8,
    The element 1 is a CCE index of a first PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH,
    The element 2 is an index of a control resource set of the first PDCCH,
    The element 3 is an index of the search region set of the first PDCCH,
    The element 4 is a HARQ process identifier of the first PDSCH,
    The element 5 is a slot index of the first PDSCH,
    The element 6 is a value indicated by a PUCCH resource indicator field included in the DCI format included in the first PDCCH,
    The element 7 is an index of a resource block given to the PDSCH,
    The terminal device according to claim 1, wherein the element 8 is a value of a third field of a DCI format included in the first PDCCH.
  3.  第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信する送信部と、
     前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を受信する受信部と、を備える
     基地局装置。
    A first one or more consecutive PDSCHs having a first group ID, one or more consecutive second PDSCHs having a second group ID, and a first instruction to transmit HARQ-ACK information. A transmitter for transmitting the PDCCH of 2;
    The value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH may trigger the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the first or the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH may be used. When two group IDs are indicated, the same group as the group ID indicated by the second field among the consecutive one or more first PDSCHs and the consecutive one or more second PDSCHs. A base station apparatus, comprising: a receiving unit that receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having an ID.
  4.  PDSCHが対応する前記グループIDは、要素1、要素2、要素3、要素4、要素5、要素6、要素7、および、要素8の一部または全部に少なくとも基づいて与えられ、
     前記要素1は、前記PDSCHをスケジューリングする第1のPDCCHのCCEインデックスであり、
     前記要素2は、前記第1のPDCCHの制御リソースセットのインデックスであり、
     前記要素3は、前記第1のPDCCHの探索領域セットのインデックスであり、
     前記要素4は、前記第1のPDSCHのHARQプロセス識別子であり、
     前記要素5は、前記第1のPDSCHのスロットインデックスであり、
     前記要素6は、前記第1のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットに含まれるPUCCHリソース指示フィールド(PUCCH resource indicator field)が示す値であり、
     前記要素7は、前記PDSCHに与えられるリソースブロックのインデックスであり、
     前記要素8は、前記第1のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第3のフィールドの値である
     請求項3に記載の基地局装置。
    The group ID to which the PDSCH corresponds is given based on at least part or all of element 1, element 2, element 3, element 4, element 5, element 6, element 7, and element 8,
    The element 1 is a CCE index of a first PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH,
    The element 2 is an index of a control resource set of the first PDCCH,
    The element 3 is an index of the search region set of the first PDCCH,
    The element 4 is a HARQ process identifier of the first PDSCH,
    The element 5 is a slot index of the first PDSCH,
    The element 6 is a value indicated by a PUCCH resource indicator field included in the DCI format included in the first PDCCH,
    The element 7 is an index of a resource block given to the PDSCH,
    The base station apparatus according to claim 3, wherein the element 8 is a value of a third field of a DCI format included in the first PDCCH.
  5.  端末装置に用いられる通信方法であって、
     第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを受信するステップと、
     前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信がトリガーされ、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信するステップと、を備える
     通信方法。
    A communication method used in a terminal device,
    A first one or more consecutive PDSCHs having a first group ID, one or more consecutive second PDSCHs having a second group ID, and a first instruction to transmit HARQ-ACK information. Receiving two PDCCHs,
    The transmission of the HARQ-ACK information is triggered by the value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH, and the first or the first by the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH. When two group IDs are indicated, the same group as the group ID indicated by the second field among the consecutive one or more first PDSCHs and the consecutive one or more second PDSCHs. Transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having an ID.
  6.  基地局装置に用いられる通信方法であって、
     第1のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと、第2のグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHと、HARQ-ACK情報の送信を指示する第2のPDCCHを送信するステップと、
     前記第2のPDCCHに含まれるDCIフォーマットの第1のフィールドの値によって前記HARQ-ACK情報の送信をトリガーし、前記第2のPDCCHに含まれる前記DCIフォーマットの第2のフィールドによって第1または第2のグループIDが示される場合、前記連続する1つまたは複数の第1のPDSCHと前記連続する1つまたは複数の第2のPDSCHのうち、前記第2のフィールドによって示されるグループIDと同じグループIDを持つ連続する1つまたは複数のPDSCHに対応する前記HARQ-ACK情報を送信するステップと、を備える
     通信方法。
    A communication method used for a base station device, comprising:
    A first one or more consecutive PDSCHs having a first group ID, one or more consecutive second PDSCHs having a second group ID, and a first instruction to transmit HARQ-ACK information. Transmitting two PDCCHs,
    The value of the first field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH may trigger the transmission of the HARQ-ACK information, and the first or the second field of the DCI format included in the second PDCCH may be used. When two group IDs are indicated, the same group as the group ID indicated by the second field among the consecutive one or more first PDSCHs and the consecutive one or more second PDSCHs. Transmitting the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to one or more consecutive PDSCHs having an ID.
PCT/JP2020/005402 2019-02-14 2020-02-12 Terminal device, base station device, and communication method WO2020166627A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-024515 2019-02-14
JP2019024515A JP2020136767A (en) 2019-02-14 2019-02-14 Terminal equipment, base station device, and communication method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020166627A1 true WO2020166627A1 (en) 2020-08-20

Family

ID=72044429

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/005402 WO2020166627A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-02-12 Terminal device, base station device, and communication method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2020136767A (en)
WO (1) WO2020166627A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022179497A1 (en) * 2021-02-24 2022-09-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Feedback information sending method and apparatus, and terminal

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010502107A (en) * 2006-08-21 2010-01-21 インターデイジタル テクノロジー コーポレーション Method and apparatus for dynamically allocating HARQ processes in the uplink

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010502107A (en) * 2006-08-21 2010-01-21 インターデイジタル テクノロジー コーポレーション Method and apparatus for dynamically allocating HARQ processes in the uplink

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "On PHY enhancements for Rel-16 URLLC", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #94BIS RL-1810551, 29 September 2018 (2018-09-29), pages 1 - 8, XP051517959, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.3gpp.org/ftp/tsg_ran/WGl_RL1/TSGR1_94b/Docs/R1-1810551.zip> *
NOKIA ET AL.: "On HARQ enhancements for NR unlicensed", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #94BIS RL-1810616, 28 September 2018 (2018-09-28), pages 1 - 7, XP051518022, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.3gpp.org/ftp/tsg_ran/WGl_RL1/TSGR1_94b/Docs/R1-1810616.zip> *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022179497A1 (en) * 2021-02-24 2022-09-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Feedback information sending method and apparatus, and terminal

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2020136767A (en) 2020-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019216430A1 (en) User equipment, base station device, and communication method
WO2019176914A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
JP7309335B2 (en) TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD
WO2019088254A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device and communication method
JP7156887B2 (en) TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD
WO2020091050A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2020004627A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2020166627A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
JP2020161893A (en) Terminal device and communication method
WO2020162299A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2020129592A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2020166626A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2020090367A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
JP2021016056A (en) Terminal device and communication method
JP2020150391A (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
JP7319817B2 (en) TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD
JP7231775B2 (en) TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD
WO2022202753A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2022196610A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2022196611A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2020145306A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2020166470A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2022054734A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2023054119A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
WO2023105996A1 (en) Terminal device, and base station device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20756523

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20756523

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1